Archive for August 26, 2010


History – Zionist Israel

A brief history of Zionist Israel

1897: Zionism gets established Jews have been scattered around Europe and Russia for centuries. However, they were never welcome anywhere, except for brief periods. Not surprisingly, many Jews dreamed of having their own nation. In 1897 Theodor Herzl officially announced the creation of the Zionist movement. The goal of Zionism was to create a nation for Jews in Palestine. Their goal was not to make friends around the world, nor to love other nations or other people. The problem they faced was that the Arabs who were living there had no desire to give it up. Also, Turkey had control of Palestine of this time, and Turkey refused to give any part of Palestine to the Jews. A few Jews moved into Palestine at this time, but only in small numbers were allowed in, and they could not take the land for their own nation. The Arabs were not concerned when the first few Jews arrived. The Arabs did not realize what was coming up in the future, just as the Native Americans did not realize what was happening when the Pilgrims landed on their shore. Only after a few years, when the quantity of Jews increased, did the Arabs become angry. Zionists look for friends in high places Britain was regarded as a world leader at this time (America in 1900 was not much above Australia in the world’s social hierarchy). The Zionists thought that perhaps the British government could somehow help them. The Zionists needed influence over the British government. They soon noticed a law firm in London in which one of the partners was also a government official. By going to this law firm for any legal help they needed, (or pretended to need), they would have access to a high-level government official. This gave them the opportunity to become friends (at least to a certain extent) with a government official. This contact with the law firm turned out to help them meet other government officials. The Zionists spent a lot of time contacting British government officials and trying to convince them to help the Zionists cause, but the most the British government was willing to do was in 1903 when they offered to make some land in Uganda available to the Zionists. (Britain still had colonies around the world at this time.) Since Turkey controlled Palestine, I have to wonder what the Zionists were thinking the British government could do for them. Did they think it was possible that the British government would convince Turkey into allowing a portion of Palestine to become Israel? Or did they think Britain would start a war with Turkey, drive the Turks out of Palestine, and then give Palestine to the Zionists? The Brits, French, and Zionists try to use each other in WW1 Zionism got established in 1896, but not much happened with it until World War 1. Exactly what role the Zionists played during World War 1 is a mystery. All we know for certain is that the Zionists were looking for help in creating Israel. Before I continue, you should be aware that during wars there is a lot of lying, manipulation, spying, fake documents, and double crossing. You cannot expect historians to make sense of events during a war because the lying and deception is at extreme levels. We know that during the war both the British and French governments gave the Zionists a document which offered support for a Jewish homeland in Palestine, although in such a vague manner that neither government was actually committing to anything. The questions I cannot answer are: Did the Zionists outsmart the British and French in order to get those documents? Or did the British and French give the Zionists those documents in an attempt to use the Zionists in some manner? Or (most likely) were all three groups trying to take advantage of one another? Some historians believe the British government was trying to use the Zionists to bring America into the war, thereby providing Britain with some assistance. In this scenario, Britain wanted the Zionists to encourage the American Jews to put pressure on the American government to get into in the war. Other historians believe that some British government officials may have been thinking that it would be to Britain’s advantage to have Zionists in Palestine because that would put some friends of Britain near the Suez canal. Furthermore, some historians believe that some British officials also made promises to Arabs, while other officials made promises to France. If this situation seems confusing, remember, this was a time of war. Individual government officials sometimes act on their own, promising things they cannot deliver, and promising things that conflict with the promises of other officials. And sometimes government officials make promises that they have no intention of keeping. Nobody will ever know exactly what the Zionists, British, or French were thinking (most of those people are dead already), or who was involved in what, or how these three groups were trying to use, abuse, and/or double cross one another. All we know is that in June of 1917 the French gave the Zionists a document that expressed support for a Jewish homeland in Palestine, and in November of 1917 the British government did also. The French document was so vague that it essentially stated, "Hey, a homeland for Jews! Great idea! Good Luck!" The British document had a bit more substance. Not surprisingly, the French document never became important to the Zionists, while the British document became referred to as the “Balfour Declaration”.

The Balfour Declaration stated that the British government would help the Jews create a homeland in Palestine as long as it did not bother the Palestinians. Exactly how the British could accomplish such a feat was what we might refer to as “a minor detail” that the British never bothered to explain. The British government had agreed to something that they could easily back out of on the grounds that they cannot see how they can help the Jews without annoying the Palestinians. What this means is that the Zionists did not get anything of value from the British or the French. Did the British or the French get anything from the Zionists? Since it appears that the Zionists helped encourage America to get into the war, it seems that the British got what they wanted. Therefore, we might say that it appears as if the British outsmarted the Zionists in this particular situation. Britain becomes guardian of Palestine World War One changed the situation dramatically in Palestine because Turkey was a loser in that war. British troops in 1918 drove the Turks out of Palestine. The Palestinians then became free to have their own nation again, but they did not have a government because they had been under Turkish control for many generations. Britain agreed to maintain some troops in Palestine and protect the area until 1948 in order to give the Palestinians have a chance to form their own government and recover from the war. This policy became official in 1922 when the League of Nations agreed to the plan. The British protection was scheduled to stop in 1948, at which time it was assumed the Palestinians would be capable to taking care of themselves. The protection of Palestine by the British created a dilemma for the Zionists. The goal of Britain was to protect Palestine from outside forces, and that meant protecting them from Zionists. However, the Balfour Declaration would come back to haunt the British. When Turkey had control of Palestine, that declaration was a meaningless piece of paper. Now that Britain was guardian of Palestine, the Jews would use it to pressure the British into letting Jews emigrate to Palestine. After the war the Jews took the Balfour Declaration to the League of Nations and convinced them to approve it also. Then they could put even more pressure on the British government by saying that even the League of Nations agrees to the idea of a Jewish home in Palestine. The Zionists had outsmarted the British. Jews arrive in Palestine in large numbers The Jews would push the British government into allowing a group Jews to emigrate to Palestine. However, whenever a group of Jews arrived in Palestine, it would cause fights with the Arabs. The British would respond by forbidding more Jews from emigrating to Palestine. The Jews would then repeat the process. They would hold up the Balfour Declaration and beg, plead, and manipulate. Time after time the British government officials would agree to allow another group of Jews to emigrate to Palestine, which would create fights in Palestine, and then the British would forbid Jews from emigrating to Palestine. This cycle repeated over and over. Palestine was becoming a battlezone between Zionists and Palestinians, and the Zionist population kept rising. The British government let themselves get pushed into a ridiculous situation. They had signed the Balfour Declaration which gave their approval to a Jewish homeland in Palestine, but their main priority was to protect Palestinians. There was no way the British could appease both groups of people. They ended up doing what politicians in democratic nations do all the time. Namely, they occasionally appeased both groups. The end result was that the situation became more of mess than before they got involved. As the population of Jews in Palestine increased, the Jews became increasingly arrogant and demanding. Some of the Jews eventually reached a point where there were no longer content to kill only the Arabs; specifically, they occasionally attacked the British, and even killed some British soldiers. Israel had become more important than the lives of their British friends. The Americans could have been the first Nazis The Zionists were considered terrorists prior to 1948, by both the British and Americans. It is interesting to consider that if the Americans had been conducting their self-righteous, anti-terrorist campaign during the early 1900’s, they would have been tossing those Daisy Cutter and other adorable bombs with cute names all over Palestine in order to kill the Zionists and defend both the Palestinians and the British. The Americans would have been killing Jews before Hitler came to power. The Jews benefitted from Hitler more than from Moses The Zionist movement changed dramatically when Hitler came to power. As you probably know, the Nazis considered the Jews to be a menace to society. When the Nazis first acquired power in 1933, they confiscated businesses from the Jews and harassed them. The Nazis wanted the Jews to get out of Germany. The Zionists also wanted Jews out of Europe and into Palestine to help with the creation of Israel. With so many people wanting to get Jews out of Europe, it is not surprising that many of the Jews reacted by leaving Germany. The flow of Jews out of Germany helped the Zionist movement because some of those Jews decided to join the Zionist cause. Some of those Jews moved to Britain where they assisted in outsmarting the British government officials into allow Jews to move to Palestine. Some Jews moved to America where they assisted in outsmarting the Americans government officials. Other Jews moved to Austrialia, Canada, and other nations, where they they assisted in outsmarting those governments. Sometime after 1940 the Nazis decided that driving the Jews into the neighboring nations was not solving the Jewish problem since many Jews were refusing to leave Germany. The Nazis decided to put those stubborn Jews into concentration camps. This turned out to be the greatest thing that has ever happened to the Jews. After World War Two was over the Jews would hold up the concentration camps and use them to gain pity from everybody on the planet. Of course, there is evidence that Zionists were creating anti-semitism in order to drive Jews to Israel. The Zionists were willing to sacrifice thousands of dumb Jews in order to help Israel develop. From 1945 onward, the world has become saturated with sad stories about the Holocaust. It seems as if every Jewish author has written at least one book, play, or article about the Holocaust. It seems as if every Jewish moviemaker has created at least one Holocaust movie. It is difficult to get through a single day in America without hearing at least one reference to Nazis or Holocaust victims. Consider just a few more examples of how the Jews use Hitler: Saddam was described as “the Hitler of the Mideast”. In 1984 Nathan Perlmutter of the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith, and Nat Hentoff of the Village Voice, referred to Minister Farrakhan as a "Black Hitler." http://abbc.com/islam/english/toread/farrfact.htm In May 2001 the President of Syria complained about Israel’s occupation of Syria and Palestine. The next day many people in the media referred to him as a Hitler.http://www.mediamonitors.net/khodr46.html Where would the Jews be today if it hadn’t been for Hitler? Every group of people can claim to have been a victim of a holocaust, and everybody can accuse their attackers of being “a Viking Hitler”, or "a Chinese Hitler", or "a Protestant Hitler", or "an Aztec Hitler". Even Christians use Hitler and Nazis to manipulate emotions. Was it Rush Limbaugh who created the word "feminazis" to refer to women he did not like? Consider how awful the world would be if every group of people and every religion were to saturate us with their particular holocaust stories in movies, newspapers, and daily conversations. Imagine day after day, year after year the French made us listen to their holocaust stories of how they suffered abuse from the British and the Germans. Imagine the victims of Napoleon and the French Foreign Legion bombarding us with their holocaust stories. How about the Native Americans providing holocaust stories about how they suffered from the European immigrants? Don’t forget the central Europeans who have holocaust stories about how they suffered from the Nazi-Vikings. It seems as if most books and movies in America find a way to remind us of Hitler or Nazis. Imagine that every group of people were to provide as many holocaust books and movies as the Jews. Imagine that every time you look in a newspaper or magazine, or every time you watch the TV news, you have to put up with somebody’s holocaust story. We are lucky that only Jews do this. None of the books or movies about the Holocaust are serious; rather, they try to stimulate pity of Jews and hatred of Nazis. The Holocaust stories are attempts to manipulate, not educate. The Jews are simply exploiting the suffering and death of their fellow Jews. The moment a Jew suffers or dies, the other Jews look for ways to exploit the situation. It reminds me of the way cockroaches immediately begin eating one another when one of them dies. It also reminds me of the way American lawyers try to profit from crimes and fights. Our lawyers are not interested in understanding why fights or crimes are occurring, nor do they show any desire to prevent future problems. Instead, they look for ways to profit from other people’s problems. America becomes a Superpower World War Two changed the world in one other very significant way. Specifically, it put America into the role of world leader. In 1945 America found itself with lots of advanced European technology and weapons. A group people with almost no understanding of Palestine, Zionism, or much else, suddenly became the world leader. "It’s your problem now; we’re out of here!" Britain had agreed to remove its soldiers from Palestine in 1948. It was assumed that by 1948 the Palestinians would be ready to function as an independent nation. Unfortunately, in the decades prior to 1948 the Zionists had been moving into Palestine and fighting with the Palestinians in an attempt to drive them off the land. The Palestinians never got their government established due to the fighting, terrorism, and chaos. When World War Two began, Britain turned its attention to the war. After the war they were busy recovering from it. The British people were no longer much interested in protecting Palestine; rather, there were more concerned about their own nation. The British government decided to remove their troops in 1948 despite the fact that the Palestinians were not ready to govern themselves. In February of 1947 Britain warned the United Nations that the problem will be in their hands in 1948. So, in 1947 the representatives at the United Nations discussed what to do with this disaster in Palestine. Somebody brought up the suggestion that Palestine be divided into a Jewish area and a Palestinian area. He even provided a map and showed how to divide the land. The Palestinians and other Arab nations considered this to be unacceptable. Government officials in democratic nations tend to be submissive; ie, they try to please as many people as possible. British government officials are no exception. Voting for the proposal to divide Palestine would upset the Palestinians, and voting against it would upset the Zionists. The solution the British officials came up with was to avoid voting. Nine other nations also decided not to vote. The United Nations is nothing more than a meeting place where representatives discuss issues (and avoid controversial issues). The representatives discussed this proposal to divide Palestine, but since the nations could not agree to anything, nothing was done about it. The United Nations then ignored the problem and moved on to other issues. How will the world ever become a nice place to live when democratic government officials have this tendency to please as many people as possible and avoid controversial problems? The United Nations is regarded by millions of people as a great organization that solves problems, but I challenge you to find one problem that it has solved. The UN representatives discuss a lot of issues, but they don’t solve any problems. When the United Nations makes a decision to do something, such as to bomb Iraq in 1991, it is due to pressure by America. America virtually controls the United Nations. (Ariel Sharon supposedly announced to the Israeli government that the Jews control America, in which case the Jews actually control the United Nations.) Israel is announced in 1948 At midnight on May 14, 1948 the British were officially ending their protection of Palestine. The Palestinians did not yet have a real government, and neither did the Zionists. The British were taking their troops away from two groups of leaderless people who were fighting with each other. The British did not care, and neither did the United Nations. In fact, nobody cared. Most of Europe was recovering from war, and most of the rest of the world had plenty of their own problems to deal with. Nobody wanted to get involved in the fighting between the Palestinians and Zionists. The Zionists announced at midnight — the moment the British were officially gone — that the nation of Israel will officially begin. They decided to use the borders that were discussed at the United Nations in 1947. Not surprisingly, the Arab nations were annoyed with this announcement, and the fighting escalated to a serious war. Most nations ignored the announcement about Israel. Initially, nobody considered Israel to be a nation. The exception was America. Midnight in Palestine was 6:00 pm at the US Capitol. According to the Truman archives, 11 minutes after 6:00 pm President Truman signed a document that recognized Israel. How did Truman come to this decision so quickly? Did the Congress, the President, and the American citizens hold meetings and discuss the issue of the fighting between Palestinians and Zionists? Did the Americans decide within 11 minutes that the best solution to this problem is to recognize Israel and ignore the Palestinians? Most Americans who are alive today have no idea what Zionism is, and no understanding of the history of Palestine or Israel. The Americans alive in 1948 were just as ignorant. The decision to recognize Israel did not come from serious discussions by the American people or the American government. Rather, it was due to manipulation by Jews. The Jews outsmarted and manipulated Truman and other American government officials into recognizing Israel, just as they outsmarted and manipulated the British government officials into allowing Zionists to move to Palestine. The Jews also outsmarted and manipulated most of the American and British citizens. How did the Jews manipulate Truman? Let’s look at the Truman library. I selected the following entries from what is a very brief summary of Truman’s daily activities. You can find the complete listing at this site: http://www.trumanlibrary.org/israel/palestin.htm My comments are underneath the entries. October 17, 1947: President Truman writes to Senator Claude Pepper: "I received about 35,000 pieces of mail and propaganda from the Jews in this country while this matter [the issue of the partition of Palestine, which was being considered by the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine from May 13, 1947 to August 31, 1947] was pending. I put it all in a pile and struck a match to it — I never looked at a single one of the letters because I felt the United Nations Committee [United Nations Special Committee on Palestine] was acting in a judicial capacity and should not be interfered with." The Jews would inundate Truman with mail in an attempt to manipulate him. The following entry shows that Truman was trying to ignore them: December 12, 1947: President Truman writes to Chaim Weizmann, president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization, that it is essential that restraint and tolerance be exercised by all parties if a peaceful settlement is to be reached in the Middle East. Truman’s remark to Weizmann is similar to those that our government leaders give to Israel today. Specifically, Truman did not want to support the killings by the Zionists, but he did not have the emotional strength to say so directly. Truman was an emotional weakling, as most democractic government official are. Instead of facing problems and thinking for himself, Truman was easily manipulated by a small number of Jews. Stalin also found it easy to manipulate Truman and other democratic leaders. Trumam made a very mild, polite suggestion for the Zionists to restrain themselves. Can you imagine if the police were so emotionally timid that they politely asked Jeff Dahmer to “exercise restraint and tolerance”? February 21, 1948: Eddie Jacobson, a longtime and close personal friend of President Truman, sends a telegram to Truman, asking him to meet with Chaim Weizmann,… Weizmann flies to America, and a Jewish friend of Truman tries to convince him to meet Weizmann. Why a personal meeting? Why not correspond by letter or telephone? The reason is that people can be manipulated in person much easier than with a letter. Weizmann wanted a personal meeting with Truman in order to manipulate him. February 27, 1948: President Truman writes to his friend Eddie Jacobson, refusing to meet with Chaim Weizmann… Truman certainly knew that the only reason Weizmann wanted a personal meeting was so that he could push Truman into supporting the Zionists. March 13, 1948: President Truman’s friend Eddie Jacobson walks into the White House without an appointment and pleads with Truman to meet with Chaim Weizmann, .. Here we find Truman’s Jewish “friend” taking advantage of him. Was Jacobson really Truman’s “friend”? Or was Jacobson maintaining this friendship for the potential benefits? March 18, 1948: President Truman meets with Chaim Weizmann. Truman says he wishes to see justice done in Palestine without bloodshed, and that if the Jewish state were declared and the United Nations remained stalled in its attempt to establish a temporary trusteeship over Palestine, the United States would recognize the new state immediately. At this meeting, Weizmann pressured Truman into agreeing to immediately recognize the state of Israel the moment it is established. Truman is not permitted to think about it or discuss this issue with the nation. Truman is like a child around Weizmann. April 11, 1948: President Truman’s friend Eddie Jacobson enters the White House unnoticed by the East Gate and meets with Truman. Jacobson recorded of this meeting: "He reaffirmed, very strongly, the promises he had made to Dr. Weizmann and to me; and he gave me permission to tell Dr. Weizmann so, which I did. It was at this meeting that I also discussed with the President the vital matter of recognizing the new state, and to this he agreed with a whole heart." Again his Jewish “friend” slips in and pressures him into promising to carry through with the verbal promise he made with Weizmann. Do your friends treat you like that at your job? Are you as emotionally weak as Truman? May 13, 1948: Chaim Weizmann writes to President Truman: "I deeply hope that the United States, which under your leadership has done so much to find a just solution [to the Palestine situation], will promptly recognize the Provisional Government of the new Jewish state. The world, I think, would regard it as especially appropriate that the greatest living democracy should be the first to welcome the newest into the family of nations." One day before Israel announces its independence, Weizmann again contacts Truman for one final bit of praise, followed by a suggestion of what Truman should do. He then finishes by implying Truman will be considered a great man for recognizing Israel. The Truman diaries show that Jews contacted Truman time after time after time. They also sent tens of thousands of letters. They would take advantage of America’s (and Britian’s) emotionally weak and stupid government officials. When Truman refused to meet with the Jews, his “friend” would show up unannounced and pressure him to allow the meeting. If Truman made a verbal promise to the Jews, the Jews would come back and make sure that he really intended to keep it. Keep in mind that Truman was certainly only one of many government official that the Jews were outsmarting and manipulating. For all we know, 90% of America’s government officials were (and still are!) being manipulated by Jews. There are also non-Jewish Americans outsmarting and manipulating the American government officials. Jews aint the only people who manipulate America’s government. The American voters consistently elect emotionally defective officials, and as a result, the USA is wide open for abuse. The Truman Library has a photograph of the “document” that Truman signed that gave recognition to Israel. The photograph shows two creases in the paper, suggesting that it had been placed in an envelope, perhaps for mailing. Did Truman do that? Or did the people who archive documents do it? I would not be surprised if Weizmann typed the document and mailed it to Truman. Then Truman held onto it until he was told to sign it. When the orders came in from Weizmann, Truman made a couple of handwritten corrections to the document, stamped it, and signed it. Take a look: http://www.trumanlibrary.org/photos/israel.jpg Even if Truman typed it himself, is this your idea of a proper government? America ignores the Palestinians Truman was manipulated into recognizing Israel, but Truman never did anything to deal with the Palestinian problem. It never occurred to the American government that they cannot simply ignore all those Palestinians, many of whom were very angry. Or, perhaps Truman wanted to do something for the Palestinians but every time he talked about the Palestinians, his Jewish “friend” would appear and talk him out of it. If America consisted of intelligent, educated people, they would have discussed the issue of what to do with the Palestinians. But the decision to recognize Israel did not come from the American people, nor did it come from Truman. Rather, that decision came from the Jews. The American people were just pawns in their plans to create Israel. America was not Israel’s friend; rather, America was just another nation of idiots to exploit. Most Americans did not understand what was going on in Palestine. The end result is that after the British tried for decades to protect the Palestinians, the Americans came in 1948 to help the Zionists create Israel and assist them in their killings of Palestinians. Americans alter their language in 1948 There was no official announcement of the change, but sometime around 1948 the American government and media changed the way it used a few words, such as “terrorist”. For a few examples, the Palestinians became “terrorists”, and the Zionists became Israeli “settlers”. The Palestinians wanted “war”; the Israelis wanted “peace”. The Palestinians became “murderers”, the Israelis became “defenders” of their land. Who brought about these changes in the use of these words? Did the American Congress or the American people hold meetings and seriously discuss which of these groups of people should be labeled as “terrorists”? Of course not. This is just another example of how the Jews outsmart the American people and their inept goverment. In the land of the Wretched Refuse, the Jew is King. Israel expands in the war of 1948 The Zionist movement created the impression that they were a peaceful movement to find a home for Jews, but when independence was declared in 1948, they somehow brought out a lot of weapons to fight the Arab nations. Where did so many weapons come from? Did America have a secret weapons smuggling program in operation? In January of 1949 Israel shot down five British air force planes. The Israelis once again attacked their British friends, and once again, their British friends just pulled down their pants, bent over, and said, "Go ahead, mate; do it to me again." I am truly amazed that a few Jews can manipulate entire nations. While the USA has always been just a gathering place for criminals, retards, and misfits, which would explain why there is so much crime, corruption, and manipulation, how do we explain the ease at which a few Jews dominate Britain and other "normal" nations? Are Jews more intelligent than other people? Two important results of the 1948 war were that a lot of the Arabs were chased out of Palestine (and many were killed), and the Jews grabbed more land from the Arabs. Britain finally recognizes Israel Once America recognized Israel as a nation, other nations slowly followed within days, weeks, or months. Britain was the exception. The British government refused to accept Israel…at least for a while. On April 27, 1950 Britain finally decided to recognize Israel as a nation. Why did Britain refuse to recognize Israel for almost two years? Do you recall that Truman needed only 11 minutes? I suppose the Brits held off for two years because some British officials were tired of being outsmarted by the Jews. But after two years the Brits gave up, pulled their pants down yet again, and let the Jews continue the abuse. Jews exploit America for money and weapons Whenever fights would break out between Israel and Arabs, the Jews within America would fill the news reports with emotional stories of murderous Palestinian terrorists and innocent Israeli settlers. The ignorant American people never questioned those reports. Rather, they pitied the Jews. The Jews convinced the American government to provide Israel with money and weapons. Through the years the Jews would increase the amount of money they wanted, and today Israel is getting several billion dollars each year. As America give billions to Israel, our schools complain of a lack of money and our government complains it cannot affort to create a proper train system. The USA is like a retarded girl who has been tricked by the neighborhood boys into letting them have sex. America purchases peace with the Arabs Eventually America began giving billions of dollars each year to Egypt and a few other Arab nations in an attempt to convince them to accept Israel. The end result is that we are spending an incredible amount of money each year in an attempt to keep Israel alive. Christians also support Israel Christians have wanted to drive the Moslems out of Palestine for centuries. This makes it difficult to figure out if a particular Christian is supporting Isreal because he has been outsmarted by a Jew, or if he truly believes that Jesus wants him to fight with the Arabs. For example, this page of The Christian Science Monitor web site summarizes Israel’s history: http://www.csmonitor.com/2001/1026/p10s1-uspo.html Here is their entire entry for 1947: 1947. UN partitions Palestine into two states – one for Jews, one for Palestinians. The Christians who read this are certain to get the impression that the United Nations created Israel. Have the people of the Christian Science Monitor been so deceived by Jews that they do not understand how Israel was created? Or, are these Christians also trying to deceive us in order to promote Israel? I have met more than one Christian who supports both Israel and the killing of Arabs in order to protect the birthplace of Jesus. I suppose those Christians worry that the Arabs will dig up the dirt that Jesus lived on, haul it to the ocean, and then use the hole as a garbage dump. Therefore, I would not be surprised if some Christians are deliberately distorting history in order to promote their particular neurotic fantasies that Jesus wants them to kill Arabs. The Arabs have been living in Palestine for thousands of years. They have not destroyed the birthplace of Jesus yet, so why do the Christians worry that the Arabs will destroy it in the future? I have also met Christians (one had a PhD in geology) who believe that Muslims deserve to die because their religion is disgusting and the Arabs are an inferior race. What would happen if those ignorant and violent Christians got control of our newspapers, government, schools, or television news networks? Christians may be our bigger problem The Christian population of America is many times larger than the Jewish population. Furthermore, the Jews seem more intelligent. Which is really the USA’s biggest problem: the horde of violent, hypocritical Christians who are easily manipulated, or a small number of Jews? Do American universities lie, also? The University of Michigan has a web site to help the students to understand Israel. Take a look at their timeline of the important events in the history of Israel. 1936-39 Palestinian nationalist uprising against Britain. Britain proposes partition of Palestine and expulsion of 250,000 Palestinians. This entry tells us that the Palestinians attacked the British for a "nationalist uprising". What exactly does that mean? Did the Palestinians have the audacity to demand Palestine be their own nation? Those people are refered to as "Palestinians" because Palestine has been their home for thousands of years! The Zionists are the intruders, not the Palestinians. Furthermore, the population of Palestine in 1936 was very small, so a quarter million Palestinians was a significant percentage of the Palestinian population. Where would Britain deport that many Palestinians to? 1944-47 Jewish-British War. Jewish groups in Palestine try to expel Britain. Mainstream Jewish fighters under David Ben Gurion are called Hagana. They later become the Israeli army. Two separate military groups (Irgun Zvai Leumi led by Menachem Begin and Lehi or the Stern Gang led by Yitzhak Shamir) resort to assassination and bombings. Many British soldiers and Arab civilians are killed. In this entry the university admits that the Jews attacked their British friends, but it does not refer to these Israelis as terrorists or murderers. Nor does the university point out that the Jews turned against their "friends". Nor does the university discuss the interesting issue of why the British are regularly bending over and letting a few Jews abuse their nation. The University of Michigan is either trying to deceive us in order to promote Israel, or they are as uneducated about world history as the average American. Either way, the teachers should be told to find another job. American schools are not educating students about world history. Rather, they teaching lies and distortions.

The United States and the Recognition of Israel: A Chronology Compiled by Raymond H. Geselbracht from Harry S. Truman and the Founding of Israel (Westport, Connecticut, 1997) by Michael T. Benson [ 1939 |to| 1949 ] May 17, 1939: British White Paper on Palestine May 25, 1939: Senator Harry S. Truman inserts in the Congressional Record strong criticism of the British White Paper on Palestine, saying it is a dishonorable repudiation by Britain of her obligations. August 24, 1945: Loy Henderson, director of the State Department’s Near East Agency, writes to Secretary of State James Byrnes that the United States would lose its moral prestige in the Middle East if it supported Jewish aspirations in Palestine. August 24, 1945: The report of the Intergovernment Committee on Refugees, called the Harrison Report, is presented to President Truman. The report is very critical of the treatment by Allied forces of refugees, particularly Jewish refugees, in Germany. August 31, 1945: President Truman writes British Prime Minister Clement Attlee, citing the Harrison Report and urging Attlee to allow a reasonable number of Europe’s Jews to emigrate to Palestine. October 22, 1945: Senators Robert Wagner of New York and Robert Taft of Ohio introduce a resolution expressing support for a Jewish state in Palestine. November 13, 1945: The British government announces the formation of an Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry to investigate Britain’s handling of the Palestine situation. The committee begins work on January 4, 1946. November 29, 1945: At a press conference, President Truman expresses opposition to the Taft-Wagner resolution. He says he wants to await and consider the report of the Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry. April 20, 1946: The Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry submits its report, which recommends that Britain immediately authorize the admission of 100,000 Jews into Palestine. May 8, 1946: President Truman writes to Prime Minister Attlee, citing the report of the Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry, and expressing the hope that Britain would begin lifting the barriers to Jewish immigration to Palestine. June 21, 1946: A Joint Chiefs of Staff memorandum to the State-War-Navy Coordinating Committee warns that if the United States uses armed force to support the implementation of the recommendations of the report of the Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry, the Soviet Union might be able to increase its power and influence in the Middle East, and United States access to Middle East oil could be jeopardized. September 24, 1946: Counsel to the President Clark Clifford writes to the President to warn that the Soviet Union wishes to achieve complete economic, military and political domination in the Middle East. Toward this end, Clifford argues, they will encourage the emigration of Jews from Europe into Palestine and at the same time denounce British and American policies toward Palestine and inflame the Arabs against these policies. October 4, 1946: On the eve of Yom Kippur, President Truman issues a statement indicating United States support for the creation of a "viable Jewish state." October 23, 1946: Loy Henderson, director of the State Department’s Near East Agency, warns that the immigration of Jewish Communists into Palestine will increase Soviet influence there. October 28, 1946: President Truman writes to King Saud of Saudi Arabia, informing the king that he believes "that a national home for the Jewish people should be established in Palestine." 1947-48: The White House receives 48,600 telegrams, 790,575 cards, and 81,200 other pieces of mail on the subject of Palestine. February 7, 1947: The British government announces that it will terminate its mandate for Palestine. February 14, 1947: The British government announces that it will refer the problem of the future of Palestine to the United Nations. April 2, 1947: The British Government submits to the General Assembly of the United Nations an account of its administration of Palestine under the League of Nations mandate, and asks the General Assembly to make recommendations regarding the future government of Palestine. May 13, 1947: The United Nations General Assembly appoints an eleven nation Special Committee on Palestine to study the Palestine problem and report by September 1947. August 31, 1947: The United Nations Special Committee on Palestine issues its report, which recommends unanimously (all 11 member states voting in favor) that Great Britain terminate their mandate for Palestine and grant it independence at the earliest possible date; and which also recommends by majority vote (7 of the member nations voting in favor) that Palestine be partitioned into Jewish and Arab states. September 17, 1947: Secretary of State George Marshall, in an address to the United Nations, indicates that the United States is reluctant to endorse the partition of Palestine. September 22, 1947: Loy Henderson, director the State Department’s Near East Agency, addresses a memorandum to Secretary of State George Marshall in which he argues against United States’ advocacy of the United Nations proposal to partition Palestine. October 10, 1947: The Joint Chiefs of Staff argue in a memorandum entitled "The Problem of Palestine" that the partition of Palestine into Jewish and Arab states would enable the Soviet Union to replace the United States and Great Britain in the region and would endanger United States access to Middle East oil. October 11, 1947: Herschel Johnson, United States deputy representative on the United Nations Security Council, announces United States support for the partition plan of the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine. October 17, 1947: President Truman writes to Senator Claude Pepper: "I received about 35,000 pieces of mail and propaganda from the Jews in this country while this matter [the issue of the partition of Palestine, which was being considered by the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine from May 13, 1947 to August 31, 1947] was pending. I put it all in a pile and struck a match to it — I never looked at a single one of the letters because I felt the United Nations Committee [United Nations Special Committee on Palestine] was acting in a judicial capacity and should not be interfered with." Ca. November 1947: A subcommittee of the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine establishes a timetable for British withdrawal from Palestine. November 19, 1947: Chaim Weizmann meets with President Truman and argues that the Negev region has great importance to the future Jewish state. November 24, 1947: Secretary of State George Marshall writes to Under Secretary of State Robert Lovett to inform him that British Foreign Secretary Ernest Bevin had told him that British intelligence indicated that Jewish groups moving illegally from the Balkan states to Palestine included many Communists. November 29, 1947: The United Nations General Assembly approves the partition plan for Palestine put forward by the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine. The 1947 UN Partition divided the area into three entities: a Jewish state, an Arab state, and an international zone around Jerusalem. December 2, 1947: President Truman writes to former Secretary of the Treasury Henry Morgenthau, Jr., encouraging him to tell his Jewish friends that it is time for restraint and caution. "The vote in the U.N.," Truman wrote, "is only the beginning and the Jews must now display tolerance and consideration for the other people in Palestine with whom they will necessarily have to be neighbors." December 5, 1947: Secretary of State George Marshall announces that the State Department is imposing an embargo on all shipments of arms to the Middle East. December 12, 1947: President Truman writes to Chaim Weizmann, president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization, that it is essential that restraint and tolerance be exercised by all parties if a peaceful settlement is to be reached in the Middle East. February 4, 1948: Chaim Wiezmann, president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization, arrives in New York. February 12, 1948: Secretary of Defense James Forrestal says at a meeting of the National Security Council that any serious attempt to implement partition in Palestine would set in motion events that would result in at least a partial mobilization of United States armed forces. February 19, 1948: Secretary of State George Marshall says at a press conference, when asked if the United States would continue to support partition, that the "whole Palestine thing," was under "constant consideration." February 21, 1948: Eddie Jacobson, a longtime and close personal friend of President Truman, sends atelegram to Truman, asking him to meet with Chaim Weizmann, the president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization. February 22, 1948: President Truman instructs Secretary of State George Marshall that while he approves in principle a draft prepared by the State Department of a position paper which mentions as a possible contingency a United Nations trusteeship for Palestine, he does not want anything presented to the United Nations Security Council that could be interpreted as a change from the position in favor of partition that the United States announced in the General Assembly on November 29, 1947. He further instructs Marshall to send him for review the final draft of the remarks that Warren Austin, the United States representative to the United Nations, is to give before the Security Council on March 19, 1948. February 27, 1948: President Truman writes to his friend Eddie Jacobson, refusing to meet with Chaim Weizmann, the president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization. March 8, 1948: Counsel to the President Clark Clifford writes to President Truman, in a memorandum entitled "United States Policy with Regard to Palestine," that Truman’s actions in support of partition are "in complete conformity with the settled policy of the United States." March 9, 1948: Secretary of State George Marshall instructs Warren Austin, United States representative to the United Nations, that if a United Nations special assembly on Palestine were convened, the United States would support a United Nations trusteeship for Palestine. March 12, 1948: The United Nations Special Committee on Palestine reports that "present indications point to the inescapable conclusion that when the [British] mandate is terminated, Palestine is likely to suffer severely from administrative chaos and widespread strife and bloodshed." March 13, 1948: President Truman’s friend Eddie Jacobson walks into the White House without an appointment and pleads with Truman to meet with Chaim Weizmann, the president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization. Truman responds: "You win, you baldheaded son-of-a-bitch. I will see him." March 18, 1948: President Truman meets with Chaim Weizmann, the president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization. Truman says he wishes to see justice done in Palestine without bloodshed, and that if the Jewish state were declared and the United Nations remained stalled in its attempt to establish a temporary trusteeship over Palestine, the United States would recognize the new state immediately. March 18, 1948: The United Nations Special Commission on Palestine reports to the United Nations Security Council that it has failed to arrange any compromise between Jews and Arabs, and it recommends that the United Nations undertake a temporary trusteeship for Palestine in order to restore peace. March 19, 1948: United States representative to the United Nations Warren Austin announces to the United Nations Security Council that the United States position is that the partition of Palestine is no longer a viable option. March 20, 1948: Secretary of State George Marshall announces that the United States will seek to work within the United Nations to bring a peaceful settlement to Palestine, and that the proposal for a temporary United Nations trusteeship for Palestine is the only idea presently being considered that will allow the United Nations to address the difficult situation in Palestine. March 21, 1948: President Truman writes in his diary regarding the confusion caused by the State Department’s handling of the trusteeship issue: "I spend the day trying to right what has happened. No luck. Marshall makes a statement. Doesn’t help a bit." March 21, 1948: President Truman writes to his sister Mary Jane Truman that the "striped pants conspirators" in the State Department had "completely balled up the Palestine situation." But, he writes, "it may work out anyway in spite of them." March 22, 1948: President Truman writes to his brother Vivian Truman regarding Palestine: "I think the proper thing to do, and the thing I have been doing, is to do what I think is right and let them all go to hell." March 25, 1948: President Truman says at a press conference that a United Nations trusteeship for Palestine would be only a temporary measure, intended to establish the peaceful conditions that would be the essential foundation for a final political settlement. He says that trusteeship is not a substitute for partition. April 11, 1948: President Truman’s friend Eddie Jacobson enters the White House unnoticed by the East Gate and meets with Truman. Jacobson recorded of this meeting: "He reaffirmed, very strongly, the promises he had made to Dr. Weizmann and to me; and he gave me permission to tell Dr. Weizmann so, which I did. It was at this meeting that I also discussed with the President the vital matter of recognizing the new state, and to this he agreed with a whole heart." May 12, 1948: President Truman meets in the Oval Office with Secretary of State George Marshall, Under Secretary of State Robert Lovett, Counsel to the President Clark Clifford and several others to discuss the Palestine situation. Clifford argues in favor of recognizing the new Jewish state in accordance with the United Nations resolution of November 29, 1947. Marshall opposes Clifford’s arguments, and contends they are based on domestic political considerations. He says that if Truman follows Clifford’s advice and recognizes the Jewish state, then he (Marshall) would vote against Truman in the election. Truman does not clearly state his views in the meeting. May 12, 13, and 14, 1948: Counsel to the President Clark Clifford and Under Secretary of State Robert Lovett discuss the different views held in the White House and the State Department regarding whether the United States should recognize the Jewish state. Lovett reports to Clifford on May 14 that Marshall will neither support nor oppose Truman’s plan to recognize the Jewish state, that he will stay out of the entire matter. May 13, 1948: Chaim Weizmann, president of the Jewish Agency for Palestine and the World Zionist Organization, writes to President Truman: "I deeply hope that the United States, which under your leadership has done so much to find a just solution [to the Palestine situation], will promptly recognize the Provisional Government of the new Jewish state. The world, I think, would regard it as especially appropriate that the greatest living democracy should be the first to welcome the newest into the family of nations." May 14, 1948: late morning eastern standard time (late afternoon in Palestine): David Ben-Gurion, Israel’s first prime minister, reads a "Declaration of Independence," which proclaims the existence of a Jewish state called Israel beginning on May 15, 1948, at 12:00 midnight Palestine time (6:00 p.m., May 14, 1948,eastern standard time). May 14, 1948, 6 p.m. eastern standard time (12:00 midnight in Palestine): The British mandate for Palestine expires, and the state of Israel comes into being. May 14, 1948, 6:11 p.m. eastern standard time: The United States recognizes Israel on a de facto basis. The White House issues the following statement: "This Government has been informed that a Jewish state has been proclaimed in Palestine, and recognition has been requested by the provisional government thereof. The United States recognizes the provisional government as the de facto authority of the State of Israel." To see a color copy of this document click here. May 14, 1948, shortly after 6:11 p.m. eastern standard time: United States representative to the United Nations Warren Austin leaves his office at the United Nations and goes home. Secretary of State Marshall sends a State Department official to the United Nations to prevent the entire United States delegation from resigning. May 15, 1948: On May 15, 1948, the Arab states issued their response statement and Egypt, Syria, Jordan, Lebanon and Iraq attack Israel. January 25, 1949: A permanent government takes office in Israel following popular elections. January 31, 1949: The United States recognizes Israel on a de jure basis. February 24 to July 20, 1949: Israel signs armistice agreements with Egypt, Lebanon, Jordan and Syria. Compiled by Raymond H. Geselbracht from Harry S. Truman and the Founding of Israel (Westport, Connecticut, 1997) by Michael T. Benson

Are Alien on EARTH

Scientists find Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA Do civilizations of advanced human beings exist scattered in the Galaxy? by John Stokes

Artistic representation from Eyewitness testimony of Asket, the extraterrestrial human woman, reference: www.gaiaguys.net A group of researchers working at the Human Genome Project indicate that they made an astonishing scientific discovery: They believe so-called 97% non-coding sequences in human DNA is no less than genetic code of extraterrestrial life forms. The non-coding sequences are common to all living organisms on Earth, from moulds to fish to humans. In human DNA, they constitute larger part of the total genome, says Prof. Sam Chang, the group leader. Non-coding sequences, originally known as "junk DNA", were discovered years ago, and their function remained a mystery. The overwhelming majority of Human DNA is "Off-world" in origin. The apparent "extraterrestrial junk genes" merely "enjoy the ride" with hard working active genes, passed from generation to generation. After comprehensive analysis with the assistance of other scientists, computer programmers, mathematicians, and other learned scholars, Professor Chang had wondered if the apparently "junk Human DNA" was created by some kind of "extraterrestrial programmer". The alien chunks within Human DNA, Professor Chang further observes, "have its own veins, arteries, and its own immune system that vigorously resists all our anti-cancer drugs." Professor Chang further stipulates that "Our hypothesis is that a higher extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in Petri dishes. We can’t know their motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing new planets for colonization, or is it long time ongoing business of seedling life in the universe." Professor Chang further indicates that "If we think about it in our human terms, the apparent "extraterrestrial programmers" were most probably working on "one big code" consisting of several projects, and the projects should have produced various life forms for various planets. They have been also trying various solutions. They wrote "the big code", executed it, did not like some function, changed them or added new one, executed again, made more improvements, tried again and again." Professor Chang’s team of researchers furthermore concludes that, "The apparent "extraterrestrial programmers" may have been ordered to cut all their idealistic plans for the future when they concentrated on the "Earth project" to meet the pressing deadline. Very likely in an apparent rush, the "extraterrestrial programmers" may have cut down drastically on big code and delivered basic program intended for Earth." Professor Chang is only one of many scientists and other researchers who have discovered extraterrestrial origins to Humanity.

Human Genome Project Coordinators find absolute proof of Extraterrestrial contact with ‘Earth humans’ via DNA evidence. Professor Chang and his research colleagues show that apparent "extraterrestrial programming" gaps in DNA sequencing precipitated by a hypothesized rush to create human life on Earth presented humankind with illogical growth of mass of cells we know as cancer." Professor Chang further indicates that "What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a big code and basic code." Mr. Chang then affirms that the "First fact is, the complete ‘program’ was positively not written on Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is, that genes by themselves are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in ‘the game’." "Soon or later", Professor Chang says "we have to come to grips with the unbelievable notion that every life on Earth carries genetic code for his extraterrestrial cousin and that evolution is not what we think it is." Human Genome Project Discovery Implications associated with "Human-looking Extraterrestrials" The implications of these scientific finds would reinforce claims by other scientists and observers of having contact with ‘off-world’ human looking extraterrestrials. The ‘off-world’ human looking extraterrestrial have been claimed to have provided some of the genetic material for human evolution, and that many of these extraterrestrials have allowed some of their personnel to incarnate as ‘star seeds’ on Earth in human families. These "star seeds", "star children" or "star people" are described by Brad and Francie Steiger as individuals whose ‘souls’ were formally incarnated on the worlds of other star systems and then traveled to Earth and decided to incarnate here in order to "boost" the spiritual evolutionary development of humanity. Most of humanity would consider this group of extraterrestrials to be ‘benevolent’ as described by ‘contactees’ such as George Adamski, Orfeo Angelucci, George Van Tassell, Howard Menger, Paul Villa, Billy Meier and Alex Collier who each explain the nature of their voluntary interactions with these human looking extraterrestrials. These "contactees" often provide physical evidence in the form of photographs, film and/or witnesses of their contacts with extraterrestrial races. The most extensively documented and researched contactee is Eduard ‘Billy’ Meier who provided much physical evidence for investigators. Representations concerning ‘Ancient astronauts’ Indeed, ‘ancient astronaut’ writers believe that a race of intelligent extraterrestrial beings visited and/or colonised Earth in the remote past, whereupon they upgraded the primitive hominid Homo erectus by means of genetic engineering to create the human race as we know it: Homo sapiens. Evidence for this idea is found (a) in the improbability of Homo sapiens emerging so suddenly, according to the principles of orthodox Darwinism; and (b) in the myths of ancient civilisations which describe human-like gods coming down from the heavens and creating mankind ‘in their own image’.Homo sapiens is thus regarded as a hybrid being, incorporating a mix of terrestrial genes from Homo erectus and extraterrestrial genes from an ascribed "race of the gods". Prior to the modern age of space travel and genetics, this theory for the origins of humankind could not have been conceived. And even now, in the 21st century, there are many people who would regard it as science fiction. However, in the light of the problems with the orthodox theory of human evolution, the idea of a genetic intervention by an intelligent human-like species (who themselves evolved on another planet over a more credible time frame) does require to be taken seriously as a potential solution to the mystery. The most famous exponents of the ancient astronaut intervention are the Swiss writer Erich von Daniken and the American writer Zecharia Sitchin. The latter, in particular, has argued the case in great detail. Representation by academics from "Exopolitics" groups Dr. Micheal E. Salla is one of the founders of an Exopolitics movement which seeks an open and informed dialogue on, and with, Extraterrestrials, toward the affirmation of "global democracy" and the quality-of-living of humankind as socially responsible beings in the Universe. Dr. Salla indicates that "There are an extensive number of extraterrestrial races known [by various research institutions and agencies] to be currently interacting with Earth and the human population. Dr. Salla, is also the author of Exopolitics: Political Implications of the Extraterrestrial Presence (Dandelion Books, 2004). He has held full time academic appointments at the Australian National University, and American University, Washington DC. He has a Ph.D. in Government from the University of Queensland, Australia. During his professional academic career, he was best known for organizing a series of citizen diplomacy initiatives for the East Timor conflict funded by U.S. Institute of Peace and the Ford Foundation. He is also the Founder of the Exopolitics Institute ; and Chief Editor of the ‘Exopolitics Journal’ and Convener of the "Extraterrestrial Civilizations and World Peace Conference." In a 1998 interview, Clifford Stone, a retired U.S. army Sergeant who served in the U.S. Army for 22 years and allegedly participated in operations to retrieve crashed extraterrestrial ships and extraterrestrial biological entities (EBE’s), revealed there were a variety of extraterrestrial races known [by various institutions and agencies]". Dr. Salla further elaborates that "The most compelling testimonies on the different extraterrestrial races comes from ‘whistleblowers’ such as Sergeant Stone; and also ‘contactees’ who have had direct physical contact with extraterrestrials and communicated with them." Dr. Salla further notes that Master Sergeant Bob Dean had a twenty seven year distinguished career in very senior areas of the military indicates that among the know extraterrestrials one group "looked so much like us they could sit next to you on a plane or in a restaurant and you’d never know the difference." Apparently "Human extraterrestrial races can easily integrate with human society in the manner described by Dean and others where they can be indistinguishable from the rest of humanity." Dr. Salla corroborates. According to Alex Collier who claims to be a "contactee", "a variety of extraterrestrial races have provided genetic material for the ‘human experiment’. " Alex Collier indicates that "Earth humans" are "a product of extraterrestrial genetic manipulation, and are possessors of a vast gene pool consisting of many different racial memory banks, also consisting of at least 22 different races." Alleged Human ET efforts to promote the unity of humanity through religious spirituality Alex Collier further claims that constituents of "Human ETs" seek to "ensure that global humanity evolves in a responsible way without endangering both itself and the greater galactic community of which it is part. " Exopolitics groups and independent contactees also indicate that constituents of "Human ETs" seek to "uplift human consciousness and to promote the unity of religion." Alex Colliers alleged contact with ETs suggest that fundamentalist messages in from Christianity to Judaism to Islam, and other institutionalized religions, as well as outright apparent ‘cult’ groups, have been specifically placed by "hostile elements" to manipulate and control humankind. Jesus, who many groups allege was a "Human ET" sought to inspire the social consciousness of humankind toward unity, and not to create a "Christian religion", with its sexually repressive as well as homophobic undertones, which also have been used for the execution of racism, and to legitimate atrocities like the ‘slave trade’. ETs who allegedly contacted Alex Collier, also further allegedly stipulate that Jesus did in fact live; and lived out the rest of his life in Massada; and that Jesus was only crucified through the religious doctrine, and myth-making associated with ‘the palms’. As far as the "saviour scenario" is concerned, for example, Alex Collier was allegedly told by ETs that it has been put into our belief systems to "disempower us." The saviour scenario within the dogma of institutionalized religions legitimate the creation of an elite-driven oppressive power structure who appoint themselves as "judgers of morality". These religious elites have historically used their self-appointed roles to execute a comprehensive system of social controls that complement their joint pursuit of greed-oriented self-aggrandizement with other elites from government to business enterprises. The alleged efforts of socially progressive Human ETs to inspire the affirmation of the quality-of-living of ‘Earth Humans’ through spiritual and other "emissaries", have been undermined by the efforts of "capitalists" to exploit such alleged initiatives in the pursuit of an oppressive agenda of greed and fascistic power. Constituents of Human ETs allegedly seek to "help humanity find freedom from oppressive structures through education and consciousness raising." Allegations of "Human ET" encounters on Earth In Dr. Salla’s article "Extraterrestrials Among Us" published in October 2006, he alleges that, "There is startling evidence from a number of independent sources that ‘human looking’ extraterrestrial visitors have integrated with and lived in major population centres up until recently, and this is known by a select number of institutions. Aside from whistleblower testimonies, like Sergeant Major Robert Dean, a number of private individuals claim to have encountered extraterrestrials posing as ordinary citizens in major cities around the planet. George Adamski was the first to write about extraterrestrials secretly living among the human population. In his second non-fiction book describing his extraterrestrial contact experiences, "Inside the Flying Saucers", Adamski discussed how human looking extraterrestrials had established a presence among the human population. "They apparently looked so much like us", Dr. Salla notes "that they could get jobs, lived in neighbourhoods, drove cars, and could blend in easily with the human population." Dr. Salla further notes that "Adamski wrote about how they contacted him to set up meetings that led to his famous flights aboard extraterrestrial vehicles." But as Dr. Salla explains "While controversy over Adamski’s contact experiences and his credibility continues, Adamski’s UFO sightings and contacts with extraterrestrials were supported by an impressive collection of witnesses, photographs and films that a number of independent investigators concluded were not hoaxes." Dr. Salla additionally stipulates that "Adamski’s testimony offers important insights into how extraterrestrials may be living incognito among the human population. After discussing the Adamski case and the strongest evidence supporting it, Dr. Salla in that article further discusses other contactees similarly claiming to have encountered extraterrestrials acting like ordinary citizens. Finally, Dr. Salla in "Extraterrestrials Among Us" examines the official testimony of a number of whistleblowers concerning knowledge that extraterrestrials live among ordinary Earth-bound individuals. Contact Testimonies of ‘Extraterrestrials Among Us’ Adamski’s famous "Desert Center" meeting with an extraterrestrial emerging from a ‘scout ship’ on November 20, 1952 was apparently seen by six witnesses who signed affidavits confirming Adamski’s version of events in his subsequent book, The Flying Saucers have Landed (1953). In fact, four of the witnesses immediately reported what had happened to a nearby newspaper, the Phoenix Gazette,that published a story on November 24 featuring photos and sketches. The Desert Center encounter was among those of Adamski’s claims regarding extraterrestrial contact that, according to UFO researcher Timothy Good, were "accurately reported," and "sensible and verifiable", as footnotes by Dr. Salla. Given the clear supporting evidence supporting Adamski’s first meeting with an extraterrestrial traveling in a scout craft, it is worth examining closely his alleged subsequent meetings with extraterrestrials living on Earth. In the first chapter of Inside the Flying Saucers, Dr. Salla re-visits Adamski’s testimony of his meeting with two extraterrestrials while he was sitting in the lobby of a Los Angeles Hotel on February 18, 1953. "I looked at my wrist watch and saw that it said ten-thirty. The lateness of the hour, with still nothing of extraordinary significance having taken place, sent a wave of disappointment through me. And just at this moment of depression, two men approached, one of whom addressed me by name. Both were complete strangers, but there was no hesitancy in their manner as they came forward, and nothing in their appearance to indicate that they were other than average young businessmen. I noted that both men were well proportioned. One was slightly over six feet and looked to be in his early thirties. His complexion was ruddy, his eyes dark brown, with the kind of sparkle that suggests great enjoyment of life. His gaze was extraordinarily penetrating. His black hair waved and was cut according to our style. He wore a dark brown business suit but no hat. The shorter man looked younger and I judged his height to be about five feet, nine inches. He had a round boyish face, a fair complexion and eyes of grayish blue. His hair, also wavy and worn in our style, was sandy in color. He was dressed in a gray suit and was also hatless. He smiled as he addressed me by name. As I acknowledged the greeting, the speaker extended his hand and when it touched mine a great joy filled me. The signal was the same as had been given by the man I had met on the desert on that memorable November 20, 1952. (Described in the book Flying Saucers Have Landed)." Significant in Adamski’s description is how the two extraterrestrials could pass off as businessmen. Aside from a penetrating stare, nothing struck him as unusual in their appearance. Adamski goes on to explain how he went with them in their car to travel to a remote desert location: "Together we left the lobby, I walking between them. About a block north of the hotel, they turned into a parking lot where they had a car waiting. They had not spoken during this short time, yet inwardly I knew that these men were true friends. I felt no urge to ask where they proposed to take me, nor did it seem odd that they had volunteered no information. An attendant brought the car around, and the younger man slid into the driver’s seat, motioning me to get in beside him. Our other companion also sat with us on the front seat. The car was a four-door black Pontiac sedan. The man who had taken the wheel seemed to know exactly where he was going and drove skillfully. I am not familiar with all the new highways leading out of Los Angeles, so I had no idea in which direction we were headed. We rode in silence and I remained entirely content to wait for my companions to identify themselves and explain the reason for our meeting." "What’s significant here is that the two extraterrestrials possessed a car and knew how to navigate on the newly completed Los Angeles highway system. This is no mean feat and suggests that the extraterrestrials had taken the time to learn the road traffic rules and how to navigate through Los Angeles." Dr. Salla indicates in "Extraterrestrials Among Us", that Adamski further reveals: "Lights and dwellings thinned as we left the outskirts of the city. The taller man spoke for the first time. His voice was soft and pleasant and his English perfect. I had noticed that the younger man also spoke softly, although his voice was pitched higher. I found myself wondering how and where they had learned to speak our language so well." ".We are what you on Earth might call ‘Contact men.’ We live and work here, because, as you know, it is necessary on Earth to earn money with which to buy clothing, food, and the many things that people must have. We have lived on your planet now for several years. At first we did have a slight accent. But that has been overcome and, as you can see, we are unrecognized as other than Earth men. "At our work and in our leisure time we mingle with people here on Earth, never betraying the secret that we are inhabitants of other worlds. That would be dangerous, as you well know. We understand you people better than most of you know yourselves and can plainly see the reasons for many of the unhappy conditions that surround you." Dr. Salla indicates also that, "This passage [previous] is significant since it describes how the extraterrestrials have spent years living on Earth, learning the language, getting jobs and mixing with the human population. Furthermore, it appears as though extraterrestrials living among the human population may work in pairs, a kind of buddy system that would make sense in terms of ensuring safety and communications with the home world if an emergency ever occurred. If Adamski is accurate in his recollections and the extraterrestrials are telling the truth, then it would appear that there could be a significant number of extraterrestrials who are living incognito among the normal population in many if not most major cities on the planet. Upon examining other contactee cases and the testimonies of whistleblowers, it does appear as though this is indeed the case." Exopolitics groups furthermore provide additional representation that Adamski was not the only one of the contactees making representation that extraterrestrials were blending in with the human population. Howard Menger, for example. also claimed to have been contacted by extraterrestrials posing as ordinary human citizens. In one case, the extraterrestrial was posing as a real estate salesperson and asked Menger to accompany him in one of the extraterrestrial’s vehicle. In addition to seeking to learn about human values and civilization, it appears that "Human ET" visitors were conducting a low key education effort to promote awareness of their presence to a limited number of individual ‘contactees’. These "Human extraterrestrial visitors" have been represented has often having as very attractive physical characteristics, with "Human extraterrestrial females" being described as among the most beautiful women that male observers have witnessed. The "Human extraterrestrials visitors" furthermore have been represented as going to great trouble in learning the indigenous language of the culture they are immersed in, learning how to drive and navigate on highways systems, and taking innocuous jobs over several years. Extraterrestrials living among us appear to be operating in a manner similar to a "celestial peace corps" where they try to blend in. They presumably wish to learn about Earth culture and behaviour; and to, perhaps, assist in passing on information to selected individuals. Representation on Earth Humans relative to "non-Earthbound" humans: Advanced Human ETs as viewing Earth Humans as barbarians and savages which are a threat to themselves Alex Collier alleges that ETs revealed to his that there are over 135 other billion human beings in the 8 galaxies closest to ours. Alex Collier alleges that "The first time I walked on to one of their ships [Human ETs] , a bunch of their children started to run away from me. They knew that I was from Earth." "We have a very bad reputation," Alex Collier indicates, "because we are the only human race in the galaxy that kills itself, that turns on itself. We are the only race [human] that allows itself to live in poverty. We are the only ones who allow members of our race to starve. We are the only ones that allow members of the race to be homeless. We are the only race that would sell itself into slavery. I don’t like the reflection they give me of us. It’s not that they are judging. They just don’t understand why we do it. If anyone’s got an answer for it, I’m open. Yes, we’ve been manipulated by belief systems, but why do we believe these belief systems?" According to testimony by Alex Collier in associated with alleged ET contacts, Earth Humans "are the only race of human beings which oppresses and kills itself." If Human ETs do exist, as scholarly and other representation suggests, the saving of Humanity from its current apparent course of self-destruction, including on-going catastrophic Global Warming, may very well vitally rely on human governance systems placing its greed-driven bigotries aside, toward a constructive dialogue. Scientists confirm Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA Research findings continues work of DNA Nobel Prize Winner Dr. Francis Crick by Peter Jiang and Jenny Li

Artist representation of Semjase who Exo-scientists indicate is a Pleiadian woman. Reference: Billymeier.com. Collaborative research from a gathering of exo-scientists postulate that there are genes from over 20 extraterrestrials civilizations in Human DNA. These exo-scientists have continued the work of Nobel Prize winner Dr. Frances Crick, and other scholars in this area. Current findings are consistent with reports of Professor Sam Chang, who discreetly released information on his own apparent findings, in association with the Human Genome Project. Scientists are beginning to complain more and more about political attempts to compromise the integrity of their important work for humanity. The discreet releasing of findings, is one apparent way in which scientists try to cope with scientific peer pressures to conform to prevailing political pressures. Details of findings have been published in part, by Dr. Michael Salla, who is a learned scholar on extraterrestrial research. Exo-scientists and other researchers base their findings, in part, on carefully collecting data, which includes well corroborated documented observations by contactees and "whistleblowers", as well as other documentation. These verified reliable sources have come into contact with representatives of non-Earth Human civilizations living in human populations at-large, and also in official capacities.

Francis Crick and partner, James Watson, startled the academic world in 1953 when they deciphered the structure of the DNA molecule. "Exo-science" is the study of extraterrestrial phenomenon. "Exo-science" is further associated with "exopolitics" which embraces the need for humanity to have open contacts with Extraterrestrials on a representative democratic basis, that respects Earth’s sovereignty. In today’s "global economy" an "official science" which denies the analytical study of spiritual phenomena, as a legitimate context for understanding human reality, has been created over time. The "science" which is legitimated by institutions that are closely linked to this "global economy", tends to seek to analyse only certain aspects of ‘materiality’. Priorised subjects by this "official science" are limited to areas which complement the agenda of constituencies of individuals who seek to manipulate the "recognized" body of human knowledge for power and control. That scientific priorisation context, has notably sought to exclude extraterrestrial relationships to humanity, in order to keep humanity ignorant of its apparent potential "locked" heritage within its own DNA.

Dr. Francis Crick concluded Extraterrestrial orgins in the Human Genome, in relation to his well renown DNA research. Indeed, efforts to seek a scientific context for the appreciation of spiritual phenomena, has also been frowned upon by the elites of institutionalized religions, which like "official science", seek to control humanity within systems of accepted doctrine and dogma. Collaborative exo-scientific research efforts inspired by Dr. Michael Salla, suggest that within the estimated over 20 types of extraterrestrial genes within human DNA, lies psycho-kinetic abilities associated with the genetic memories of ancient extraterrestrial races. These apparent psycho-kinetic abilities are associated with the focusing of the creative collective consciousness of be-ing in the universe. These psycho-kinetic abilities, for example, could be viewed to manifest from time to time, when human beings in the process of trying to save another life, for example, have been recorded as executing, "great physical and other acts" which seem to go beyond the realm of understanding by "official science". The recorded healing abilities which individuals, for example, in aboriginal communities across the world have demonstrated in relation to their spirituality, which had also been recorded of Jesus, could be viewed to be associated with accessing this DNA "memory". "Official science" which seeks to complement the interests of various companies who seek to commercially profit from drugs and other therapies, has apparently sought to deny the awesome potentials of humanity for an elevated quality-of-living, by accessing an apparent E.T. DNA memory. Does Earth represent a genetic frontier, to some Extraterrestrials? There have been eyewitness accounts globally, including the broadcasted video footage of professional broadcasters, by millions of people of apparent extraterrestrial spacecraft. Exo-scientists indicate that this is because "these Extraterrestrials have sought to observe, or intervene on Earth, as a result of human beings having the genetic footprints of their ancient forbearers." It is important to note that exo-scientists do not claim that all extraterrestrials observed by humanity, do so because of a genetic association with humanity, although "genetics" is a reported prime motivation. Earth, therefore, appears to represent a "strategic genetic frontier", between scientifically ascertained extraterrestrials who "seeded", Earth, and other extraterrestrials with varying genetic agendas. Further visible indications of apparent Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA The existence of diverse ethno-racial communities of humanity on Earth, perhaps, provides a further visible appearance of extraterrestrial (E.T.) ‘genetic communities’. African tribes, including the Dogon, notably, cite evidence of having origins from races of "supernatural creatures that came down from the sky." Evidence and testimony on the original "seeding" of Earth by spiritually-inspired, ethical Extraterrestrials

Exo-scientists indicate that ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrials inspired the communalistic and environmental protection oriented philosophies of Native-Canadian, African, and other tribes. The knowledge of astrological facts within diverse tribal communities is associated with claims of extraterrestrial contact long before modern astronomy, further corroborates exo-scientific claims of evidence of extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Aboriginal tribes in the Americas, Africa, and elsewhere embraced the "animistic" spirituality of the original reported spiritually and technologically advanced human and other extraterrestrials who "seeded" Earth. These tribes were apparently inspired by original constituents of human and other extraterrestrials to be custodians of "Mother Earth", and to live in harmony and balance with nature. .Then came reported genetic and cultural manipulation by competing extraterrestrial interests Exo-scientists suggest that subsequent interventions on Earth by other extraterrestrials, largely sought to manipulate Earth humans genetically, technologically, and also by dysfunctionally inspiring religious dogma, and accompanying rituals. Apparently, these extraterrestrials performed ‘great feats’ in order to be worshipped as ‘gods’. The reported next step was to provide technology to these Earth humans so that these humans could create impressive looking "rich" structures of religious worship, laid with gold and other mined mineral resources, of religious worship to these extraterrestrial ‘gods’. This corrupting of human spirituality, would further dysfunctionally inspire crass materialism. This apparent influence is shown in structures which include the Great Pyramids, Temples, and into other religious structures which include Churches. Dr. Salla’s and other exo-scientific work, further attests to this milieu.

"…Hopi Indians [in the western U.S.] speak of how the ‘Star Beings’ could travel about the skies in beams of light like the sun, but in the blackness of night. Stories like these are identical to what I’ve personally heard an African medicine men (shaman) claim. Same exact scenario, that before the missionaries came onto the scene, it was also common place among all tribes and shaman that our orgins were from "out there"…" . Reference: Netscientia.com These religious structures became centres in the creation of competing rituals and dogma between different "E.T. cult" groups. As these religious structures became of increasing importance as centres of communities, bigotries in turn, were cultivated by the elite emissaries of the manipulative "Extraterrestrial gods" and were used to successfully pit one group of humanity against the other. According to collaborative exo-scientific research, led by Dr. Salla, alleged manipulative E.T. groups provided Earth Humans with advanced technology, to further instil an agenda of control against willing Earth elites, who were indoctrinated by these "gods". The creation of technology would also be used to inspire the creation of weapons of war, in which wars would be waged in the name of defending "religious" systems, in turn guided by Extraterrestrial "gods" who sought to "divide and rule". The manipulative Extraterrestrials sought to create false gods in their own image. "The purpose of these "false gods" was to repress the development of a collective consciousness among Earth Humans, based upon the founding universal conventions." Also according to the collaborative research of exo-scientists, "the purpose of the creation of systems of religious dogma was designed to instil petty hatreds and antagonisms that would repress "the conventions of peace, love, and wisdom, (which was attributed to the creation of our universe), and which would have otherwise protected Earth Humans from being exploited, as a genetic and overall planetary resource." Some of these Extraterrestrials, which apparently included Human Extraterrestrials who rebelled against the communal spirituality and "free will" ethic of original Human Extraterrestrials who had "seeded" Earth, reportedly simply sought to exploit the Earth for its mineral resources. According to the exo-scientific research findings of Dr. Salla, "Other rebelling materialistic-oriented working groups of Human and other E.T., viewed Earth Humans to be useful specimens to be incorporated in genetic experimentation programs." Apparently, socially conscientious Extraterrestrials, according to the collaborative research findings of Dr. Salla and exo-scientists "fearing the implications to manipulative Extraterrestrials genetically influencing Earth humans into becoming barbarians like Genghis Khan or Adolf Hilter, sought to "seed" "star children"." These "star children" were "seeded" into humanity without the apparent knowledge of the Earth humans they came into contact with, to help, in the apparent view of Extraterrestrials to "elevate and inspire the socially creative potentials of humanity."

Native-Canadian Art. Notwithstanding this, ‘ethical Extraterrestrials’ according to representation by contactees, abide by strict "Galactic community" directives of non-interference on Earth, including the non-execution of "genetic experiments". However, Exo-scientists indicate that the "crop circles" phenomena is a notable example of mostly "ethical Andromedans" seeking to inspire humanity in the form of crop circle messages. Modern Earth Human DNA therefore reportedly has the genetic memories which are associated with origins of Humanity in the universe as part of a diaspora of "over 130 billion human beings", and a subsequent millennia of uncoerced biological contact, and also the coerced biological experimentation with a mix of Extraterrestrials. These are some of the understandings at which one arrives, as a result of the pioneering work of some diligent researchers. These researches notably includes Francis Crick. The work of Nobel Laureate Dr. Francis Crick, and other on ET contact in Human DNA

DNA Double Helix illustrated in one of Dr. Francis Crick’s book. Exo-scientists are critically inspired by the work of Dr. Francis Crick. In his book Life Itself: Its Origins and Nature (1981), Crick — a Nobel prize-winner and the co-founder of the shape of the DNA molecule — claimed an advanced civilisation transported the seeds of life to Earth in a spacecraft. Nobel laureate Dr. Francis Crick who posits an extraterrestrial origin for life on Earth, is not alone in this viewpoint within the scientific community. The same year that Life Itself was published (1981), Sir Fred Hoyle authored Life from Space, in which he took essentially the same position. In fact, in an article that year in Nature, he wrote: "The likelihood of the formation of life from inanimate mater is one to a number with 40,000 noughts after it…. It is big enough to bury Darwin and the whole theory of evolution. There was no primeval soup, neither on this planet nor on any other, and if the beginnings of life were not random, they must therefore have been the product of purposeful intelligence." (Hoyle: 1981, 294:148). Dr. Hoyle opted for a kind of pantheistic intelligence that created life spores in other parts of the Universe, with these spores ultimately drifting to Earth to begin life as we know it. Because of the tremendous (and impressive) complexity of life-and the obvious design behind it — other scientists who challenge "official science" supported by political elites, are beginning to endorse this conclusion as well. Leslie Orgel, one of the well-researched heavyweights in origin-of-life experiments, is also on record as advocating this scientific position (1982, pp. 149-152). Like the issue of Global Warming, and on-going Ozone Layer depletion, non-dogmatic scientists have blamed political elites for ignoring clear evidence of the Non-Earth origins of human beings. Dr. Francis Crick was one of the two scientists who discovered the structure of DNA during the 1950s. Certainly an important discovery in the history of science, this came after lengthy research and a great pooling of information and expertise. Crick won the Nobel Prize for his work. Dr. Crick applied the same rigorous disciplinary standards to his Extraterrestrial origins findings. In his book Life Itself, Dr. Crick said that creatures from another solar system brought the seeds necessary for life to lifeless planets and, thanks to their kind intervention, life began here. Nobel Laureate Dr. Crick’s work, is consistent with the apparent findings of "Professor Sam Chang" of the Human Genome Project, who has been credited for seeking to release scientific findings concerning evidence of Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Exo-scientific representation on the origins of the universe Dr. Michael Salla, and other associated extraterrestrial researchers make representation that our universe was born as an expression of a "collective consciousness". Dr. Michael Salla specifically documents that ‘black holes’ were an entry point for beings and other entities who came together to spawn our universe. Furthermore, Dr. Salla’s exo-scientific documentation also indicates that these beings and other entities, sought to inspire ‘the universe’ into existence, as an ‘experiment’, based on principles of "Free Will". That is to say, all beings and other entities are represented as having sought to be a part of the genesis of ‘the universe’ without any coercion. The collective consciousness of the universe is deemed to have manifested in the thoughts, feelings, and sensations of be-ings, who spawned ‘the universe’. Therefore, the universe would expand as an expression of this consciousness. The genetic-cultural origins of Earth Humans

Exo-scientists indicate that the Pleiadians are from a star system called Pleiades. This star system is a small cluster of seven stars located in the Constellation of Taurus the Bull. This star system is a small cluster of seven stars located in the Constellation of Taurus the Bull; it is 500 light years from planet Earth. Exo-scientists claim that Pleiadians are a humanoid race that visits Earth often and whom exo-scientists also claim we share a common ancestry. Billy Meier indicates that he maintains contacts with the Pleiadians. He has provided corroborated evidence of having extraterrestrial contact to scientists. Mr. Meier indicates that ‘Pleiadians’ call themselves Plejaren (pronounced pleh-yar-en) according to their system, which bears the name Plejaren. Reference: Burlingtonnews.net, and Galactic-server.net. "In the beginning, Earth was colonized by E.T. races, including human, insectual, botanical and reptilian species interests." Dr. Salla’s collaborative team of exo-scientists indicate. Land continents first supporting advanced human colonies were Lemuria and Poseidia (Atlantis) "which sank over 23,000 years ago." Many African tribes have linked their origins with Lemuria. Dr. Salla’s accounts indicate that "Each Universe is represented as a kind of living organism." The collective consciousness of this particular universe is represented is having been inspired by principles of peace, love, and wisdom, associated with "Free Will". But, because of the other polarity of fear which the original beings and other entities allegedly agreed to experience, the universe has also experienced "extremes of war, hate, and destruction." The critical exo-scientific study of the universe, thus requires a holistic sensitivity to contexts of analysis associated with consciousness, which has been divested from "official science". Therefore, prevailing scientific paradigms on Earth retard the body of human knowledge from a full appreciation of the complexity of human experiences, in the broader context of the universe. If spirituality is indeed a real phenomenon in the universe, then a critical context for science must endeavour to appreciate it, into a potential integral part of human knowledge and understanding. Exo-scientific research testifies to Earth Humans having originated in the Lyra system of the universe. Lyrans apparently grew into Sirian, Arcturian, Antarian, Pleaidian, Andromedan, Cignus Alphan, Alpha Centauri, Sagittarius A & B, and Cassiopia.

Photo of Pleiadian spacecraft that Billy Meier had examined by apparently confounded, and formerly sceptical scientific reseachers. Reference: Billymeier.com. "One of the first ‘contactees’ to describe Lyra was Billy Meier who received much public attention as a result of his alleged visits from Pleiadians from 1975 to 1986, Mr. Meier supported his representation with material evidence that continues to confound those sceptical of Mr. Meier’s claims." "Comprehensive investigations by a number of individuals and organizations found that Meier’s evidence was not fabricated and therefore constituted significant support for his testimony of extraterrestrial contact." Dr. Salla, and other researchers document. Due to the amount of physical evidence he had provided over the years, Meier has gained great credibility, and the consistency and coherence of his testimonies suggest that he is indeed an important spokesperson for an extraterrestrial race. Dr. Salla and other associated researchers also document that, "In a 1998 interview, Clifford Stone, a retired US army Sergeant who served in the US Army for 22 years, in association with other interviews, confirms the existence of extraterrestrials, who are ‘human’ and "can easily integrate with human society"; and are visibly "indistinguishable from the rest of humanity". These officials also indicated that "These races are described to be from star systems such as Lyra, Pleiades, Sirius, Procyon, Tau Ceti, Ummo, Andromeda and Arcturus, and who have provided some of the genetic material for the seeding of humanity on Earth." Exo-scientists claim that the Pleaidians are our far distant first cousins and ancestral forbearers of some of our races. The Pleaidians are also descendants of the Lyrans who came from Lyra in spacecraft. The Lyrans would send down scout teams consisting of scientists and engineers and agricultural specialists to explore the surface of possible habitable planets and to explore them and return data and information to the mothership. One of these planets apparently included Earth. Each planet was explored and based upon its unique nature, colonies were then sent down to settle. It is in this way that the Pleaidians are so interested in our world and humanity on Earth. Exo-scientists claim that Pleaidians have been visiting Earth for at least 79,743 years. Exo-scientists also further claim that they are very similar in many ways to humans beings on Earth, however, they are emotionally and spiritually more evolved than Earth humans are at this time. But Dr. Salla’s and other associated exo-science researchers indicate that "they too have gone through their growing pains, as Earth humans are going through them right now." Dr. Salla and other learned exo-scientists in association with contactee further claim "Pleaidians have made attempts to share with us the benefits of their experience. So we ourselves don’t have to experience the same kinds of setback and possible destructions, but at present, not enough people on Earth are listening." "As the human race fragmented in the universe, genetic clusters of humanity moved, travelled, and settled many different planets in many systems as space travel evolved. Humans became aware of other planetary civilizations in these systems. Different cultures meet and grew. Belief systems clashed or spread. New thoughts of philosophy or technologies came into being. Humanity was evolving. A very strong social community developed between all in the Lyra System. Exo-scientists also further testify that "The Lyrans were a very peaceful race on the whole," Dr. Salla and associated exo-scientists further document. "The Lyrans learned to adapt to virtually all of the planetary environments that they settled. They learned to live in complete harmony with their respective planets. They developed agricultural communities that were literally awesome. They were not only efficient and could feed billions of beings, but it was actually enhancing the planet itself and creating an even wealthier environment. All aspects of life seem to benefit from the Lyran’s commitment to be at one with their home planets." At the same time, the life expectancy living in planets without the kind of pollution, and social oppression on Earth is represented by exo-scientists as apparent "being much higher than on Earth." These particular communities of Human Extraterrestrials represented themselves to exo-scientists as having economic systems that "were not in service of self, and having a community-ethic "beat as one heart, and shared and moved in the same direction as a whole and would try to make sure that none of their race would lag or fall too far behind the whole." In other words, "The needs of the many, out weigh the needs of the few." They were an incredible role model for all humanity that followed to this present moment. Earth scientists who have sought to collaborate with the prevailing capitalist system of selfishness and greed, inherited by manipulative Extraterrestrials, would not seek to make humanity aware of such a cultural-genetic lineage. In the view of these scientists who have been co-opted from the dogma of political economic power, such awareness would inspire Earth humans into alternatives to capitalism, which would better facilitate their pursuit of an elevated quality-of-living for all. Such Establishment scientists are not genuine searchers for critical information, but instead seek to spread a disinformation agenda. They have also been deployed to execute an apparently useful tactics by manipulative extraterrestrial "gods". "The Pleaides is an open star cluster consisting of 254 stars and many times that planetary bodies. Many of the stars are very young. This is located in the constellation of Taurus", exo-scientists say. Three of the star systems have human life as we know it, the most advanced is the system of Taygeta. And the other is the system of Taro which circles Alcyone. Most of the Pleaidians look like us in both size and stature, build, colour of hair, and in other ways. Exo-scientists indicate that Pleaides life spans specifically also apparently far exceed human beings on Earth. Pleaides technology has made it possible to travel anywhere in our Universe at speeds faster than the speed of light. "They are capable of using the Earth’s oceans for undersea operations," Dr. Salla documents, in association with other extraterrestrial researchers. Apparently Pleaidians are very concerned about our misuse for our sciences today on Earth, and are correspondingly concerned "that we have completely lost our spiritual center or harmony with our sciences." They have no use for money, politics and religious rituals and doctrines, which are used my manipulative elites on Earth. The Pleaidians "as our most benevolent races who have visited Earth, are worried, that we will destroy our planet and ourselves." All Earth’s languages are derived from an ancient Pre-Sumerian language which Exo-scientists report "was spoken in Lyra and in the Pleaides. The Pleaidians as well as other groups have left descendants on the Earth in the past." They have said they are willing to help us but not to the point of changing our own evolution and then therefore becoming responsible for us as a race. They say we create our own future as we go, and that we need to correct our own mistakes ourselves or suffer because of them. Humanity and the origins of the universe associated with creative collective consciousness

The original Lyran extraterrestrials who apparently "seeded" Earth, were inspired by a consciousness associated with a spirituality, that grounded their sciences into humanistic dimensions of service to the "greater good", in contrast with elite-driven greed on Earth. Lyrans apparently refer to the collective consciousness of love, peace, and wisdom which inspired the universe as the Isness (G-d). The "worship" of the Isness (G-d) is silent and solitary; free from all self seeking. There are no priests nor "saviours" authorized to come between a human being as a ‘soul’ and our collective consciousness in the universe. In the Lyran documented existential context, "each experience is personal, different than another and should not in any way be meddled with or judged. Each soul should become conscious of the divinity that is itself. "The Lyrans sought to create no shrines, no temples except nature itself, and the process of humankind caretaking nature, as an infinitely spiritual exercise of being. Be a real, natural, human beings," Dr. Salla and other colleagues document. In the Lyran system of social ethics and spirituality, real faith may not be formulated in creeds, as have been taught by manipulative extraterrestrials who have sought to condition humanity as servants associated with systems of repressive dogma. These Lyrian social ethics apparently include according the alleged representations between Adromedans and Alex Collier, the rejection of "saviours", and "messiahs" who have been used by "manipulative ETs to undermine the vital sense of social and environmental responsibility among Earth humans, for each other. The apparent idea in the undermining system, was to get Earth humans to throw their arms in the air waiting to be saved or liberated by a saviour, as elites oppressed and pillaged. "In the Lyran apparent scientific appreciation of our universe the "Isness" as the expression of the collective consciousness of the universe, is only interested in your intent, the path of your heart," Dr. Salla also documents. A civilization of beings can, for example, choose a relative path of evolution associated with an affirmed quality-of-living for all, accompanied with spiritual renewal, or pursue a ‘regressive’ "de-evolutionary" path of greed, and oppressive power, as Earth’s elites, which eventually results in self-destruction. Indeed, The work of Erich von Däniken and former NASA research consultant and scientist Richard C. Hoagland reveals definitive proof of apparently self-destroyed civilizations on Mars. The surface of Mars shows Great Pyramid structures similar to Earth. Humanity on Earth realising potentials for elevating quality of living from a course of on-going self-destruction, can be potentially achieved by OUR coming to grips with apparent evidence of Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Humanity on Earth apparently needs to vitally re-integrate spirituality as a component in the scientific appreciation of the universe, that in turn, is vital to "unlock" the hidden potential for an elevated quality-of-living. Humanity on Earth, also apparently needs to use the core spirituality of its own be-ing, to overcome any genetic contact with apparently competing manipulative interests, who according to Dr. Salla and other colleagues, have sought to sabotage human potential. Recommended Readings on elevating human quality-of-living: Human Development and the Quality-of-Life, ISBN: 1897035353; Quantuum Economics: Wage Slavery or the Quality-of-Life, ISBN: 1894839609; and Capitalism is Not Democracy, Part I, ISBN: 1894934636; Babylon and Beyond, ISBN: 9780745323909. Get these books from The Canadian National Newspaper Book Café. Other research on Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA was done by Zecharia Sitchin [excerpted]

Zecharia Sitchin Humbling was the prevalent adjective used by the scientific teams and the media to describe the principal finding that the human genome contains not the anticipated 100,000 – 140,000 genes (the stretches of DNA that direct the production of amino-acids and proteins) but only some 30,000+ — little more than double the 13,601 genes of a fruit fly and barely fifty percent more than the roundworms: 19,098. What a comedown from the pinnacle of the genomic Tree of Life! Moreover, there was hardly any uniqueness to the human genes. They are comparative to not the presumed 95 percent but to almost 99 percent of the chimpanzees, and 70 percent of the mouse. Human genes, with the same functions, were found to be identical to genes of other vertebrates, as well as invertebrates, plants, fungi, even yeast. The findings not only confirmed that there was one source of DNA for all life on Earth, but also enabled the scientists to trace the evolutionary process how more complex organisms evolved, genetically, from simpler ones, adopting at each stage the genes of a lower life form to create a more complex higher life form culminating with Homo sapiens. The Head-scratching Discovery It was here, in tracing the vertical evolutionary record contained in the human and the other analyzed genomes, that the scientists ran into an enigma. Thehead-scratching discovery by the public consortium, as Science termed it, was that the human genome contains 223 genes that do not have the required predecessors on the genomic evolutionary tree. How did Humankind acquire such a bunch of enigmatic genes? In the evolutionary progression from bacteria to invertebrates (such as the lineages of yeast, worms, flies or mustard weed which have been deciphered) to vertebrates (mice, chimpanzees) and finally modern humans, these 223 genes are completely missing in the invertebrate phase. Therefore, the scientists can explain their presence in the human genome by arather recent (in evolutionary time scales)probable horizontal transfer from bacteria. In other words: At a relatively recent time as Evolution goes, modern humans acquired an extra 223 genes not through gradual evolution, not vertically on the Tree of Life, but horizontally, as a sideways insertion of genetic material from bacterial An Immense Difference Now, at first glance it would seem that 223 genes is no big deal. In fact, while every single gene makes a great difference to every individual, 223 genes make an immense difference to a species such as ours. The human genome is made up of about three billion neucleotides (the letters A-C-G-T which stand for the initials of the four nucleic acids that spell out all life on Earth); of them, just a little more than one percent are grouped into functioning genes (each gene consists of thousands of "letters"). The difference between one individual person and another amounts to about oneletter in a thousand in the DNAalphabet. The difference between Humankind and Chimpanzee is less than one percent as genes go; and one percent of 30,000 genes is 300. So, 223 genes is more than two thirds of the difference between me, you and a chimpanzee! An analysis of the functions of these genes through the proteins that they spell out, conducted by the Public Consortium team and published in the journal Nature, shows that they include not only proteins involved in important physiological but also psychiatric functions. Moreover, they are responsible for important neurological enzymes that stem only from the mitochondrial portion of the DNA the so-called "Eve DNA" that humankind inherited only through the mother-line, all the way back to a singleEve. That finding alone raises doubt regarding that the "bacterial insertion" explanation. A Matter of Extreme Significance Unless further scientific research can establish, beyond any doubt, that the only possible source of the extra genes are indeed bacteria, and unless it is then also determined that the infection (horizontal transfer) went from bacteria to Man and not from Man to bacteria, the only other available solution will be that offered by the Sumerian texts millennia ago. Until then, the enigmatic 223 alien genes will remain as an alternative and as a corroboration by modern science of extraterrestrial civilizations, and their apparent genetic participation in the Human Genome. A Shaky Theory How sure are the scientists that such important and complex genes, such an immense human advantage, was obtained by us — rather recently– through the courtesy of infecting bacteria? It is a jump that does not follow current evolutionary theories, said Steven Scherer, director of mapping of the Human Genome Sequencing Centre, Baylor College of Medicine. We did not identify a strongly preferred bacterial source for the putative horizontally transferred genes, states the report in Nature. The Public Consortium team, conducting a detailed search, found that some 113 genes (out of the 223)are widespread among bacteria though they are entirely absent even in invertebrates. An analysis of the proteins which the enigmatic genes express showed that out of 35 identified, only ten had counterparts in vertebrates (ranging from cows to rodents to fish); 25 of the 35 were unique to humans. It is not clear whether the transfer was from bacteria to human or from human to bacteria, Science quoted Robert Waterson, co-director of Washington University’s Genome Sequencing Center, as saying. But if Man gave those genes to bacteria, where did Man acquire those genes to begin with? Zecharia Sitchin concludes that Human Genome was manipulated by Extraterrestrials. Reference: Original report documented by the Public Consortium is in Nature, Feb 15, 2001 and of Celera Genomics in Science of Feb 16th, 2001. Example of Report on an ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrial sighting in Africa

On 14th September 1994, a UFO streaked across the sky over Southern Africa. Two days later, something landed in a schoolyard in Ruwa, Zimbabwe, with three or four things beside it, according to investigator Cynthia Hind. The primary witnesses were 62 schoolchildren, who had little or no exposure to TV or popular press accounts of UFOs. Cynthia Hind interviewed them the day after the encounter and made them draw pictures of what they had seen. Below is one actual photographs of what the children drew and some of their statements. OTHER PHOTOS.

The door opened, and a little man go out that had on a black suit. He was very slim, and the suit was black. It was silver and the ring around it was red… lights along the edge. I saw one over here, they had eyes like that. They were kind of, like, looking at us. They were, like, kind of astonished. Many of the children received the same telepathic message from the beings…. to take care of the planet or civilization will be doomed. "I think they want people to understand that we’re actually making harm on this world and we have the responsibility to restore balance between our technological and spiritual growth. As I see things, as a civilization, we r more advanced technologically, than spritually and tp bring the balance back, we need to operate from our love centres where truth & forgiveness reign!!" – SAUFOR Zimbabwe UFO report screened on South African TV Channel 1 Program Agenda:

Zimbabwean children witnessed UFO together. "Tonight at 8.30 SA time we were treated to the rare spectacle of a half a dozen CHILDREN AGED 8-12 attesting ON tv to the fact that a group of them had seen a group of four or five UFOs. Sentients with large eyes, long black hair wearing shiny black one piece suits had made themselves known. The ships had then departed. The witnesses to this encounter are a group of schoolchildren at the Areal School in a town called Ruwa not far from the capital of Harare. The date is 16 September 1994. Cynthia Hind, Southern Africa’s most well known UFOlogist had a few words to say, but the children stole her show with their innocent and honest faces. They had all drawn crayon pictures of the craft. The pictures were all the same.. This I saw with my own eyes. We had Dr. John Mack on the same show. What is he doing in Africa? But the star of the show was the South African Sangoma Wiseman CREDO MUTWA. He is well known for his disturbingly correct prophecies. One of these was the prediction of Hendrik Verwoerds assassination. Credo Mutwa stormed the program with figurines of aliens looking exactly like the various races we suspect to co-inhabit our planet with us. These figurines have long been in the possession of the African nations. He attested to the fact that the African nations co-exited with aliens in Africa for hundreds if not thousands of years. He made the disturbing allegation that the Europeans who first ‘colonised’ Africa were mistaken for these ‘other,’ star people. Credo Mutwa has also said that AIDS can be cured by a SONIC SCAN or AUDIO FREQUENCY scan of some kind. This does not harm the person, only the virus. Surely this is worth investigating?…" Reference: "SAUFOR XPLoReS Ruwa, Zimbabwe – 16 September, 1994." Researcher illuminates Extraterrestrial influences and origins in Human DNA by Mary Mageau

Some researchers claim that Jesus was either an Extraterrestrial or spiritually guided by ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrials who sought to inspire human kind away from the self-destructive pursuit of greed, power, and oppression. Currently most of humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology – such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, eg: a paternal grandfather’s tendency toward arthritis, or a mother’s genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the human being consists of a soul imbedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it? The Manipulation of Human DNA Diverse ‘spiritual elements’ embedded within Human DNA were deliberately ‘turned-off’ in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA molecule was "breached". When these ‘dark extraterrestrial forces’ unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. As a result Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a ‘veil’ being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the higher realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime, humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those [socially ‘ethical’ extraterrestrials] seeking to inspire our spiritual heritage have sent representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These advanced souls include the prophets, Jesus Christ, Mohammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others. The fully conscious human being has twelve strands of functional DNA. Beyond our double helix are ten additional dormant soul strands. When these are finally activated we will experience a total expansion of our consciousness and fully access our light bodies. Originally there were over 2,000 particles in our DNA that allowed these higher spiritual abilities to function. All strands are not positioned within the physical part of our biology either, as many reside on the plane inhabited by our higher mind. Our individual souls are so much greater than what we can perceive with our five physical senses, because these more lofty abilities are not all found within our physical bodies. Instead they are accessed on a higher spiritual plane or vibration and not in the denser physical levels of gasses and solids. The recoding of our DNA is happening automatically as we all begin to transition the "photon belt". Presently our solar sun steps down these powerful energies as they emanate from the centre of the universe. And like the workings of a giant clock, the planets have found the positions that allow these "higher" and "finer energies" to reach us. On the surface of our Earth many energy vortexes and star gates are being opened by awakened humans who gather during important events: eclipses, equinoxes, solstices etc. to anchor and ground the incoming energies. The source of this mighty and uplifting energy that is pouring downwards to us comes from "All That Is," the Great Creator. Activating Our "Light" Bodies Already some individuals have moved beyond their double helix by working upward toward the full twelve strands that mark their next level of achievement. Many of them are assisting others to recode and activate their added DNA strands. Individuals can also begin to help themselves to turn on the inactive aspects of their DNA in order to experience a higher state of consciousness. Adopting greater compassion and unconditional love in our daily lives begins the reclaiming of the light codes needed for our advancement. These codes cover a wide range of spiritual abilities that cluster around peace, unity, cooperation, integrity, truthfulness and cultivating a sense of beauty. Others influence our abilities toward achieving telepathy, stronger intuition, physic gifts and an immortal physical body. The latter code will allow us, in future, to inhabit a body of light that will look youthful and beautiful and will not deteriorate or die. The light body can be regenerated so that injuries and scars are changed through the consciousness that controls and inhabits these bodies. When we can conceive of living in a body halfway between the physical realm and light, where it does not decay but instead becomes a shimmering mass – that is the blueprint for the immortal physical body that will come into being. This light body is the reconciliation between the soul and the dense physical body, between the physical and the spiritual. It is the fully energetic, perfect container for our evolving souls as it allows for the total use of all our spiritual skills and abilities. This light body is our true destiny. Tools for Light Body Activation The portal between the physical body and the realms of energy and light is the body’s endocrine or hormonal system. Through this portal, transmissions from our light bodies are mediated into physical chemical messages. These then enter the blood stream as hormones, which regulate the life force energy distribution and functioning of our physical bodies. Light energy from higher dimensions first enters the body at the pineal gland. This small gland located in the brain is the crucial portal for the reception of higher vibrations of light. It is shaped somewhat like a pineapple and has a lens covering its front. Our pituitary gland, or master gland, then directs the light energy to the various ductless glands of the endocrine system throughout the body. A good way to balance the physical body and to activate the light body is to work with the breath and the energy of the thymus gland or ‘high heart.’ Within the heart charka, energy emissions are experienced in their essence as unconditional love. Because the heart charka also acts as the master chakra for the lungs, the act of breathing also serves to activate the thymus. When you breathe deeply, as in meditation, the heart energy flows smoothly to produce that sense of calm and relaxation. And when you breathe while focusing on the heart charka, you will flood your system with the light energy of unconditional love. The thymus is a ductless gland associated with the functioning of the heart chakra and also has much to do with telepathy. It is available to anyone that knows what it is and how to open it. It is located in the middle of the chest above the heart. To open your thymus, look at your chest area just above the heart and take several gentle, focused breaths directed at that space. You will notice that you are breathing differently than you were a few moments before. To activate the thymus gland first remove your wrist watch, jewellery, and glasses. Hold the back straight, your head looking straight ahead and your feet flat on the floor. Place your hands on your knees, open with the palms facing down on your knees. Close your eyes. Visualize your throat centre as a high blue and spinning rapidly. Then picture your heart centre as high green spinning less quickly than your throat chakra. As they both spin a little faster see them expanding. Continue until they are large enough to touch one another. When they touch the spin ceases. When this happens raise the palms of your hands upward to cover these two centres of your body. It doesn’t matter which hand is which just so one is over the throat centre and one over the heart centre. Slide your hands together then flatten them together, parallel to the thymus centre. Keep them tightly together and say aloud, ‘Separate…Spin’. Then it is done. Finish the activation by tapping firmly on that area of the chest. It does not have to be hard, but tap until it becomes tender. Then let it rest and tap the area once again. You have opened a portal here at the thymus that will allow you to receive certain information. This portal also lets all higher entities know that you are working for the light. It is your beacon that people and other entities can identify you by. It is your ‘signature’ as this gland in your body is the one that marks you as an individual. Once it has been opened it identifies your auric field in the same manner as it marks your body, There are also many different breathing practices in the yoga tradition and these are collectively referred to as pranayama. Prana is the vital life force that animates each living cell in our bodies. The yoga tradition states that when prana flows unimpeded, the body radiates health and the mind remains sound. Conversely when prana is blocked, the result can lead to sickness, disease and depression. Pranayama will aid one in returning balance to the body, clarity to the mind and will help to relieve stress. Nadi Sudi – Alternate Nostril Breathing Take in a deep gentle breath, close your right nostril with your thumb or index finger, pause briefly then exhale slowly through the left nostril. Inhale through the left nostril, close it with your finger, pause for a moment, open your right nostril and then exhale through the right nostril. Inhale right, switch then exhale left. The pattern is to exhale, inhale then switch nostrils. Nadi Sudi calms the nervous system, balances the creative and logical aspects of the mind and is a short and simple breathing technique to use for stress relief. Now you can understand why it is so important to assist your body in this transition as it re-wires and activates your spiritual endocrine system. It will achieve balance all the more quickly if you co-operate and allow the process by first slowing down and then consciously work toward this balance. To feel balanced, healthy and harmonious on both the inner and outer levels should be the aim, as you move into the full use of your wonderful New Earth crystalline light body. Your light body will produce, by sympathetic vibration or resonance, a crystalline state in the human body through its water matrix. Your body is 70 to 80 percent water and this water will begin to vibrate in crystalline forms. Once this happens, the physical body will receive and transmit more and more light. You will indeed become radiant and more luminous. . Breathe properly, breathe deeply and breathe to feed your body. . Drink more and more water, day after day. . Meditate as much and as often as you can, if you seek to obtain a higher consciouness away from being enslaved by entities who seek to control you through greed. In these coming times the only way you will be able to maintain your centre and stay out of chaos, is to meditate. Get yourself to the point where even in a crowded, chaotic room you will be the calm waters felt in that room. The only way you can re-awken your human essence as a spiritually inspired and socially responsible being, is to be in your centre, to be calm and at peace. Only then can you attract to yourselves those that need you and those that you need. Chaos never attracts. It only repels. Understand this and discipline yourself to achieve this. Then all will happen as divinely ordained, in relation to a consciouness of free will, peace, and lovingkindness that created our universe. Scientists assess DNA Hair sample from Human being apparently not from Earth Compiled by Jan Singh

Bill Chalker at a well-attended Chinese UFO conference, which included Chinese scientists. An Australian’s contact with a Human-looking Extraterrestrials has resulted in a DNA test of their biological material. The intriguing results demonstrate the need for more intensive scientific research on Extraterrestrials, in the West. The full case report by leading Australian researcher Bill Chalker was originally published in the Spring 1999 edition of International UFO Reporter, the quarterly journal of the Chicago-based J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS). Peter Khoury, the subject of this case, was born in Lebanon in 1964 and moved to Australia in 1973. There he met his future wife Vivian at school in 1981. Peter and Vivian were married in 1990 and had two children, and lived in Sydney, at the time of this report. Peter and Vivian had their first UFO experience in February 1988, a simple sighting of unusual moving lights. But in July of that year, Peter had a deeply disturbing, consciously remembered contact experience that, he says, changed his life. Mr. Chalker points out that "alien" beings are often described by experiencers as having no visible hair. But one species of Extraterrestrial being sometimes called "Nordic", is described fairly often as having distinctly human-like features including hair, often (though not always) blond in color. A number of well-known abduction cases have involved human-looking beings with hair, including the 1975 abduction reported by Travis Walton in Arizona, and the 1957 Brazilian abduction reported by Antonio Villas Boas. Peter Khoury’s case has some similarity to that of Villas Boas, who said he "was forced to have sex with an aggressive humanoid female aboard a landed UFO." Mr. Khoury told Mr. Chalker that his encounter of July 23, 1992 began at 7:30 in the morning while he was in bed. Earlier that morning, he had driven his wife to work, then returned home and went back to bed for a short while. Suddenly, he bolted wide awake and sat up. There "were two humanoid females sitting on the bed, both entirely naked," says Peter Khoury. "These two women looked human in nearly every way. They had well proportioned adult bodies. One looked somewhat Asian, with straight dark shoulder-length hair and dark eyes. The other looked "perhaps Scandinavian-like", with light-coloured ("maybe bluish") eyes and long blond hair that fell half-way down her back." Her hair was especially notable to Peter Khoury. "I had never seen a hair style like that. It was curled something like Farrah Fawcett, but to an extreme… It just looked really exotic in a way," he told Mr. Chalker. But Mr. Khoury felt that "these women were not exactly human. Their faces were somewhat odd — not unattractive, but too chiselled, with very high cheekbones and eyes that were two or three times larger than normal." Mr. Khoury took special notice of the blonde. Her face was too long, he felt. "I have never seen a human looking like that," he said. "The blonde, who was sitting in a kneeling position on the bed, seemed to be in charge", and Mr. Khoury as felt that she was communicating somehow with the dark-haired woman, telepathetically "who was sitting with her legs partly folded under her. There was something stiff, almost blank, in the expressions of the women," Mr. Khoury observed. Though very stunned by the sudden appearance of the women, Khoury had only a few moments to consider how they could possibly have arrived in his bedroom before "the blonde reached out with both her hands and cupped the back of his head, drawing his face toward her chest." Mr. Khoudry told Mr. Chalker that he resisted. She then pulled harder. He further responded by further pulling back. "She was pretty strong," he further told Mr. Chalker. "She pulled me over and my mouth was basically on her nipple. And I bit." Mr. Khoury said he doesn’t know why he bit the woman, but even though he felt a small piece of her nipple come away in his teeth, she did not cry out. But "the expression on her face was like, ‘this isn’t the way,’ as if she was in some sort of "contemplative" shock or confusion," Mr. Khoury further elaborated. Mr. Khoury then indicated that, the apparent Blonde Human-looking Extraterrestrial looked at the Asian Human-looking Extraterrestrial… and the Blonde-looking ET, looked at him, with similar "contemplative" shock or confusion. Involuntarily, Mr. Khoury indicated that he swallowed the small fragment in his mouth, and it caught in his throat. He went into a coughing fit. Then "suddenly, the two women simply disappeared," Mr. Khoudry says. Some time during Mr. Khoury’s contact with these Human-looking Extraterrestrials, he was apparently abducted. When Mr. Khoury realized the women were gone, he tried to clear his throat by drinking water. It didn’t work. Mr. Khoury added, he then had "an urge to go to the bathroom." Mr. Khoury then indicated that he realized "his penis felt very painful." Standing in the bathroom, he then decided to "pull back the foreskin and found two thin blond strands of hair wrapped tightly around." He struggled to unravel the pieces of hair as the pain became an intense burning sensation. Finally he managed to removed the two pieces of hair and immediately put them in a small sealable plastic bag. "The reason I did that was because I knew that there was no way, no way at all, that a hair that size and wrapped around the way it was should have been there… [T]hinking of these women, the thing in my throat, the hair, something bizarre had just happened." Mr. Khoury resolved to keep the hair sample in case it should ever prove useful in shedding light on his experiences. The thing in Khoury’s throat stayed there for three days. He coughed constantly. He tried clearing his throat with water, bread, anything he could think of, but nothing helped. On the third day, the feeling in his throat just went away. He did not want to tell his wife how his coughing fit had come about, but two weeks later he decided to tell her. "I was shocked," he told Mr. Chalker. "She accepted it better than I did." DNA examination of Human-looking Extraterrestrials The pieces of hair, carefully stored away since the encounter, became the subject of the first openly-reported scientific DNA test on a possible abduction-related sample. The blond hairs were extremely thin and almost clear in colour. It was determined that the hair was not chemically treated, because if it had been, little or no mitochondrial DNA could have been recovered. However, using the PCR (polymerase chain reaction) process, good quality DNA was recovered. For comparison, samples were also taken of Peter Khoury’s hair and that of his wife Vivian. DNA was successfully extracted from Peter’s hair, but no usable DNA was recovered from Vivian’s hair, possibly because of chemical treatment.

Chinese UFO conference. After thorough testing of the hair samples, the scientists of the Anomaly Physical Evidence Group arrived at a startling conclusion. The thin blond hair, which appeared to have come from a light-skinned caucasian-like looking woman, could not have come from a normal human of that racial type. Instead, though apparently ‘human’, the hair showed five distinctive DNA markers that are characteristic of a rare sub-group of the Chinese Mongoloid racial type. A detailed survey of the literature on variations in mitochondrial DNA, comprising tens of thousands of samples, showed only four other people on record with all five of the distinctive markers in the blond hair. All four were Chinese, with black hair. Mitochondrial DNA is passed only from mother to child and therefore offers a means of tracing ancient ancestry on the mother’s side. The findings suggest that all four of the Chinese subjects share a common female ancestor with the blonde woman. But there is no easy explanation for how this could be. Testing for nuclear DNA, if such could be recovered from the blond hair, would be more complex and expensive than the tests run so far, but might show that the lineage of the blonde’s father was even stranger than that of her mother. But such testing must await funding that has yet to be found. So far, the members of the Anomaly Physical Evidence Group have financed all their work themselves. Without the blond hair sample, the account told by Peter Khoury is but one more in an almost endless sequence of wrenching, but unprovable, abduction accounts. The hair, however, changes everything. "It undeniably exists," Bill Chalker says "and thorough forensic testing shows that it is anomalous. It seems likely that no person with blond hair and an exact DNA match to Khoury’s blonde could be found in the city of Sydney, nor on the continent of Australia, nor — probably — anywhere in the world." Who then was the being whose blond hair inexplicably became wrapped around Peter Khoury’s penis? "Are we dealing with ‘humans’ from elsewhere, namely those with human DNA, albeit very rare and somewhat anomalous?" asks Bill Chalker. "This case raises all sorts of issues, such as human ‘panspermia’ — the theory that human-like beings may have migrated to Earth in the fairly recent past from elsewhere in the galaxy, perhaps giving rise to the sudden appearance of modern homo sapiens, a species not directly descended from their immediate predecessors, the Neanderthals." "Also, given the Asian mongoloid connection, we looked at the problem of European-like rare Asian types in the past," Mr. Chalker says. "The controversial saga of the Taklamakan mummies in remote Western China is turning the early history of China on its head. These mummies include people who are quite tall, some 6 feet or so, and some are blond. I’m not suggesting a connection here, but you can understand this investigation has opened up all sorts of interesting possibilities about the biological nature of some of the beings implicated in abduction cases." These questions will not be easy to answer. The Anomaly Physical Evidence Group hopes to continue constructive research concerning matters pertinent. About the author: Bill Chalker, born in Grafton, New South Wales (NSW) Australia, was educated at the University of New England, graduating with an Honours Science Degree (B.Sc. Honours) with majors in Chemistry and Mathematics. Over the years, Mr. Chalker helped brought together an informal network of scientists who all view the UFO phenomenon as worthy of serious attention. (Many of Mr. Chalker’s colleagues prefer to contribute anonymously because the UFO problem is seen as a "forbidden science" in the industrialized West). A Sydney, Australian Abduction Experience From 1992, with biological evidence, that Mr. Chalker helped to research, became the subject of the world’s first DNA PCR investigation of an alleged alien specimen, yielding intriguing results that have suggested fascinating new lines of investigation and speculation. Bill Chalker is one of Australia’s leading UFO researchers and has written extensively on the subject. He is a contributing editor for the International UFO Reporter and coordinates the NSW UFO INVESTIGATION CENTRE (UFOIC). He was the Australian representative for the Aerial Phenomena Research Organisation (APRO) from 1978 to 1986 and NSW state representative for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON) from 1976 to 1993. In 1999, Bill Chalker released details of the world’s first PCR DNA profiling of an "alien" biological hair sample implicated in a Sydney abduction experience. The DNA evidence revealed in continuing study appears to have profound implications for the nature of the reality behind abduction experiences. Bill Chalker has formed a specialized research team – the Anomaly Physical Evidence Group (APEG) which is focusing on the biological and genetic aspects of the UFO phenomenon. In 1996, Mr. Chalker had lectured with Harvard researcher Dr. John Mack and Dominique Callimanopulos on the abduction phenomenon in Sydney and assisted them in their cross cultural investigation of possible abduction experiences in indigenous cultures. In 1989 and 1990 the first articles on the UFO abduction phenomenon by a UFO researcher to be published in national Australian magazines appeared, namely Mr. Chalker’s articles in Penthouse and Nature & Health. Scientists find Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA Do civilizations of advanced human beings exist scattered in the Galaxy? by John Stokes Artistic representation from Eyewitness testimony of Asket, the extraterrestrial human woman, reference: www.gaiaguys.net A group of researchers working at the Human Genome Project indicate that they made an astonishing scientific discovery: They believe so-called 97% non-coding sequences in human DNA is no less than genetic code of extraterrestrial life forms. The non-coding sequences are common to all living organisms on Earth, from moulds to fish to humans. In human DNA, they constitute larger part of the total genome, says Prof. Sam Chang, the group leader. Non-coding sequences, originally known as "junk DNA", were discovered years ago, and their function remained a mystery. The overwhelming majority of Human DNA is "Off-world" in origin. The apparent "extraterrestrial junk genes" merely "enjoy the ride" with hard working active genes, passed from generation to generation. After comprehensive analysis with the assistance of other scientists, computer programmers, mathematicians, and other learned scholars, Professor Chang had wondered if the apparently "junk Human DNA" was created by some kind of "extraterrestrial programmer". The alien chunks within Human DNA, Professor Chang further observes, "have its own veins, arteries, and its own immune system that vigorously resists all our anti-cancer drugs." Professor Chang further stipulates that "Our hypothesis is that a higher extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in Petri dishes. We can’t know their motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing new planets for colonization, or is it long time ongoing business of seedling life in the universe." Professor Chang further indicates that "If we think about it in our human terms, the apparent "extraterrestrial programmers" were most probably working on "one big code" consisting of several projects, and the projects should have produced various life forms for various planets. They have been also trying various solutions. They wrote "the big code", executed it, did not like some function, changed them or added new one, executed again, made more improvements, tried again and again." Professor Chang’s team of researchers furthermore concludes that, "The apparent "extraterrestrial programmers" may have been ordered to cut all their idealistic plans for the future when they concentrated on the "Earth project" to meet the pressing deadline. Very likely in an apparent rush, the "extraterrestrial programmers" may have cut down drastically on big code and delivered basic program intended for Earth." Professor Chang is only one of many scientists and other researchers who have discovered extraterrestrial origins to Humanity. Human Genome Project Coordinators find absolute proof of Extraterrestrial contact with ‘Earth humans’ via DNA evidence. Professor Chang and his research colleagues show that apparent "extraterrestrial programming" gaps in DNA sequencing precipitated by a hypothesized rush to create human life on Earth presented humankind with illogical growth of mass of cells we know as cancer." Professor Chang further indicates that "What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a big code and basic code." Mr. Chang then affirms that the "First fact is, the complete ‘program’ was positively not written on Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is, that genes by themselves are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in ‘the game’." "Soon or later", Professor Chang says "we have to come to grips with the unbelievable notion that every life on Earth carries genetic code for his extraterrestrial cousin and that evolution is not what we think it is." Human Genome Project Discovery Implications associated with "Human-looking Extraterrestrials" The implications of these scientific finds would reinforce claims by other scientists and observers of having contact with ‘off-world’ human looking extraterrestrials. The ‘off-world’ human looking extraterrestrial have been claimed to have provided some of the genetic material for human evolution, and that many of these extraterrestrials have allowed some of their personnel to incarnate as ‘star seeds’ on Earth in human families. These "star seeds", "star children" or "star people" are described by Brad and Francie Steiger as individuals whose ‘souls’ were formally incarnated on the worlds of other star systems and then traveled to Earth and decided to incarnate here in order to "boost" the spiritual evolutionary development of humanity. Most of humanity would consider this group of extraterrestrials to be ‘benevolent’ as described by ‘contactees’ such as George Adamski, Orfeo Angelucci, George Van Tassell, Howard Menger, Paul Villa, Billy Meier and Alex Collier who each explain the nature of their voluntary interactions with these human looking extraterrestrials. These "contactees" often provide physical evidence in the form of photographs, film and/or witnesses of their contacts with extraterrestrial races. The most extensively documented and researched contactee is Eduard ‘Billy’ Meier who provided much physical evidence for investigators. Representations concerning ‘Ancient astronauts’ Indeed, ‘ancient astronaut’ writers believe that a race of intelligent extraterrestrial beings visited and/or colonised Earth in the remote past, whereupon they upgraded the primitive hominid Homo erectus by means of genetic engineering to create the human race as we know it: Homo sapiens. Evidence for this idea is found (a) in the improbability of Homo sapiens emerging so suddenly, according to the principles of orthodox Darwinism; and (b) in the myths of ancient civilisations which describe human-like gods coming down from the heavens and creating mankind ‘in their own image’.Homo sapiens is thus regarded as a hybrid being, incorporating a mix of terrestrial genes from Homo erectus and extraterrestrial genes from an ascribed "race of the gods". Prior to the modern age of space travel and genetics, this theory for the origins of humankind could not have been conceived. And even now, in the 21st century, there are many people who would regard it as science fiction. However, in the light of the problems with the orthodox theory of human evolution, the idea of a genetic intervention by an intelligent human-like species (who themselves evolved on another planet over a more credible time frame) does require to be taken seriously as a potential solution to the mystery. The most famous exponents of the ancient astronaut intervention are the Swiss writer Erich von Daniken and the American writer Zecharia Sitchin. The latter, in particular, has argued the case in great detail. Representation by academics from "Exopolitics" groups Dr. Micheal E. Salla is one of the founders of an Exopolitics movement which seeks an open and informed dialogue on, and with, Extraterrestrials, toward the affirmation of "global democracy" and the quality-of-living of humankind as socially responsible beings in the Universe. Dr. Salla indicates that "There are an extensive number of extraterrestrial races known [by various research institutions and agencies] to be currently interacting with Earth and the human population. Dr. Salla, is also the author of Exopolitics: Political Implications of the Extraterrestrial Presence (Dandelion Books, 2004). He has held full time academic appointments at the Australian National University, and American University, Washington DC. He has a Ph.D. in Government from the University of Queensland, Australia. During his professional academic career, he was best known for organizing a series of citizen diplomacy initiatives for the East Timor conflict funded by U.S. Institute of Peace and the Ford Foundation. He is also the Founder of the Exopolitics Institute ; and Chief Editor of the ‘Exopolitics Journal’ and Convener of the "Extraterrestrial Civilizations and World Peace Conference." In a 1998 interview, Clifford Stone, a retired U.S. army Sergeant who served in the U.S. Army for 22 years and allegedly participated in operations to retrieve crashed extraterrestrial ships and extraterrestrial biological entities (EBE’s), revealed there were a variety of extraterrestrial races known [by various institutions and agencies]". Dr. Salla further elaborates that "The most compelling testimonies on the different extraterrestrial races comes from ‘whistleblowers’ such as Sergeant Stone; and also ‘contactees’ who have had direct physical contact with extraterrestrials and communicated with them." Dr. Salla further notes that Master Sergeant Bob Dean had a twenty seven year distinguished career in very senior areas of the military indicates that among the know extraterrestrials one group "looked so much like us they could sit next to you on a plane or in a restaurant and you’d never know the difference." Apparently "Human extraterrestrial races can easily integrate with human society in the manner described by Dean and others where they can be indistinguishable from the rest of humanity." Dr. Salla corroborates. According to Alex Collier who claims to be a "contactee", "a variety of extraterrestrial races have provided genetic material for the ‘human experiment’. " Alex Collier indicates that "Earth humans" are "a product of extraterrestrial genetic manipulation, and are possessors of a vast gene pool consisting of many different racial memory banks, also consisting of at least 22 different races." Alleged Human ET efforts to promote the unity of humanity through religious spirituality Alex Collier further claims that constituents of "Human ETs" seek to "ensure that global humanity evolves in a responsible way without endangering both itself and the greater galactic community of which it is part. " Exopolitics groups and independent contactees also indicate that constituents of "Human ETs" seek to "uplift human consciousness and to promote the unity of religion." Alex Colliers alleged contact with ETs suggest that fundamentalist messages in from Christianity to Judaism to Islam, and other institutionalized religions, as well as outright apparent ‘cult’ groups, have been specifically placed by "hostile elements" to manipulate and control humankind. Jesus, who many groups allege was a "Human ET" sought to inspire the social consciousness of humankind toward unity, and not to create a "Christian religion", with its sexually repressive as well as homophobic undertones, which also have been used for the execution of racism, and to legitimate atrocities like the ‘slave trade’. ETs who allegedly contacted Alex Collier, also further allegedly stipulate that Jesus did in fact live; and lived out the rest of his life in Massada; and that Jesus was only crucified through the religious doctrine, and myth-making associated with ‘the palms’. As far as the "saviour scenario" is concerned, for example, Alex Collier was allegedly told by ETs that it has been put into our belief systems to "disempower us." The saviour scenario within the dogma of institutionalized religions legitimate the creation of an elite-driven oppressive power structure who appoint themselves as "judgers of morality". These religious elites have historically used their self-appointed roles to execute a comprehensive system of social controls that complement their joint pursuit of greed-oriented self-aggrandizement with other elites from government to business enterprises. The alleged efforts of socially progressive Human ETs to inspire the affirmation of the quality-of-living of ‘Earth Humans’ through spiritual and other "emissaries", have been undermined by the efforts of "capitalists" to exploit such alleged initiatives in the pursuit of an oppressive agenda of greed and fascistic power. Constituents of Human ETs allegedly seek to "help humanity find freedom from oppressive structures through education and consciousness raising." Allegations of "Human ET" encounters on Earth In Dr. Salla’s article "Extraterrestrials Among Us" published in October 2006, he alleges that, "There is startling evidence from a number of independent sources that ‘human looking’ extraterrestrial visitors have integrated with and lived in major population centres up until recently, and this is known by a select number of institutions. Aside from whistleblower testimonies, like Sergeant Major Robert Dean, a number of private individuals claim to have encountered extraterrestrials posing as ordinary citizens in major cities around the planet. George Adamski was the first to write about extraterrestrials secretly living among the human population. In his second non-fiction book describing his extraterrestrial contact experiences, "Inside the Flying Saucers", Adamski discussed how human looking extraterrestrials had established a presence among the human population. "They apparently looked so much like us", Dr. Salla notes "that they could get jobs, lived in neighbourhoods, drove cars, and could blend in easily with the human population." Dr. Salla further notes that "Adamski wrote about how they contacted him to set up meetings that led to his famous flights aboard extraterrestrial vehicles." But as Dr. Salla explains "While controversy over Adamski’s contact experiences and his credibility continues, Adamski’s UFO sightings and contacts with extraterrestrials were supported by an impressive collection of witnesses, photographs and films that a number of independent investigators concluded were not hoaxes." Dr. Salla additionally stipulates that "Adamski’s testimony offers important insights into how extraterrestrials may be living incognito among the human population. After discussing the Adamski case and the strongest evidence supporting it, Dr. Salla in that article further discusses other contactees similarly claiming to have encountered extraterrestrials acting like ordinary citizens. Finally, Dr. Salla in "Extraterrestrials Among Us" examines the official testimony of a number of whistleblowers concerning knowledge that extraterrestrials live among ordinary Earth-bound individuals. Contact Testimonies of ‘Extraterrestrials Among Us’ Adamski’s famous "Desert Center" meeting with an extraterrestrial emerging from a ‘scout ship’ on November 20, 1952 was apparently seen by six witnesses who signed affidavits confirming Adamski’s version of events in his subsequent book, The Flying Saucers have Landed (1953). In fact, four of the witnesses immediately reported what had happened to a nearby newspaper, the Phoenix Gazette,that published a story on November 24 featuring photos and sketches. The Desert Center encounter was among those of Adamski’s claims regarding extraterrestrial contact that, according to UFO researcher Timothy Good, were "accurately reported," and "sensible and verifiable", as footnotes by Dr. Salla. Given the clear supporting evidence supporting Adamski’s first meeting with an extraterrestrial traveling in a scout craft, it is worth examining closely his alleged subsequent meetings with extraterrestrials living on Earth. In the first chapter of Inside the Flying Saucers, Dr. Salla re-visits Adamski’s testimony of his meeting with two extraterrestrials while he was sitting in the lobby of a Los Angeles Hotel on February 18, 1953. "I looked at my wrist watch and saw that it said ten-thirty. The lateness of the hour, with still nothing of extraordinary significance having taken place, sent a wave of disappointment through me. And just at this moment of depression, two men approached, one of whom addressed me by name. Both were complete strangers, but there was no hesitancy in their manner as they came forward, and nothing in their appearance to indicate that they were other than average young businessmen. I noted that both men were well proportioned. One was slightly over six feet and looked to be in his early thirties. His complexion was ruddy, his eyes dark brown, with the kind of sparkle that suggests great enjoyment of life. His gaze was extraordinarily penetrating. His black hair waved and was cut according to our style. He wore a dark brown business suit but no hat. The shorter man looked younger and I judged his height to be about five feet, nine inches. He had a round boyish face, a fair complexion and eyes of grayish blue. His hair, also wavy and worn in our style, was sandy in color. He was dressed in a gray suit and was also hatless. He smiled as he addressed me by name. As I acknowledged the greeting, the speaker extended his hand and when it touched mine a great joy filled me. The signal was the same as had been given by the man I had met on the desert on that memorable November 20, 1952. (Described in the book Flying Saucers Have Landed)." Significant in Adamski’s description is how the two extraterrestrials could pass off as businessmen. Aside from a penetrating stare, nothing struck him as unusual in their appearance. Adamski goes on to explain how he went with them in their car to travel to a remote desert location: "Together we left the lobby, I walking between them. About a block north of the hotel, they turned into a parking lot where they had a car waiting. They had not spoken during this short time, yet inwardly I knew that these men were true friends. I felt no urge to ask where they proposed to take me, nor did it seem odd that they had volunteered no information. An attendant brought the car around, and the younger man slid into the driver’s seat, motioning me to get in beside him. Our other companion also sat with us on the front seat. The car was a four-door black Pontiac sedan. The man who had taken the wheel seemed to know exactly where he was going and drove skillfully. I am not familiar with all the new highways leading out of Los Angeles, so I had no idea in which direction we were headed. We rode in silence and I remained entirely content to wait for my companions to identify themselves and explain the reason for our meeting." "What’s significant here is that the two extraterrestrials possessed a car and knew how to navigate on the newly completed Los Angeles highway system. This is no mean feat and suggests that the extraterrestrials had taken the time to learn the road traffic rules and how to navigate through Los Angeles." Dr. Salla indicates in "Extraterrestrials Among Us", that Adamski further reveals: "Lights and dwellings thinned as we left the outskirts of the city. The taller man spoke for the first time. His voice was soft and pleasant and his English perfect. I had noticed that the younger man also spoke softly, although his voice was pitched higher. I found myself wondering how and where they had learned to speak our language so well." ".We are what you on Earth might call ‘Contact men.’ We live and work here, because, as you know, it is necessary on Earth to earn money with which to buy clothing, food, and the many things that people must have. We have lived on your planet now for several years. At first we did have a slight accent. But that has been overcome and, as you can see, we are unrecognized as other than Earth men. "At our work and in our leisure time we mingle with people here on Earth, never betraying the secret that we are inhabitants of other worlds. That would be dangerous, as you well know. We understand you people better than most of you know yourselves and can plainly see the reasons for many of the unhappy conditions that surround you." Dr. Salla indicates also that, "This passage [previous] is significant since it describes how the extraterrestrials have spent years living on Earth, learning the language, getting jobs and mixing with the human population. Furthermore, it appears as though extraterrestrials living among the human population may work in pairs, a kind of buddy system that would make sense in terms of ensuring safety and communications with the home world if an emergency ever occurred. If Adamski is accurate in his recollections and the extraterrestrials are telling the truth, then it would appear that there could be a significant number of extraterrestrials who are living incognito among the normal population in many if not most major cities on the planet. Upon examining other contactee cases and the testimonies of whistleblowers, it does appear as though this is indeed the case." Exopolitics groups furthermore provide additional representation that Adamski was not the only one of the contactees making representation that extraterrestrials were blending in with the human population. Howard Menger, for example. also claimed to have been contacted by extraterrestrials posing as ordinary human citizens. In one case, the extraterrestrial was posing as a real estate salesperson and asked Menger to accompany him in one of the extraterrestrial’s vehicle. In addition to seeking to learn about human values and civilization, it appears that "Human ET" visitors were conducting a low key education effort to promote awareness of their presence to a limited number of individual ‘contactees’. These "Human extraterrestrial visitors" have been represented has often having as very attractive physical characteristics, with "Human extraterrestrial females" being described as among the most beautiful women that male observers have witnessed. The "Human extraterrestrials visitors" furthermore have been represented as going to great trouble in learning the indigenous language of the culture they are immersed in, learning how to drive and navigate on highways systems, and taking innocuous jobs over several years. Extraterrestrials living among us appear to be operating in a manner similar to a "celestial peace corps" where they try to blend in. They presumably wish to learn about Earth culture and behaviour; and to, perhaps, assist in passing on information to selected individuals. Representation on Earth Humans relative to "non-Earthbound" humans: Advanced Human ETs as viewing Earth Humans as barbarians and savages which are a threat to themselves Alex Collier alleges that ETs revealed to his that there are over 135 other billion human beings in the 8 galaxies closest to ours. Alex Collier alleges that "The first time I walked on to one of their ships [Human ETs] , a bunch of their children started to run away from me. They knew that I was from Earth." "We have a very bad reputation," Alex Collier indicates, "because we are the only human race in the galaxy that kills itself, that turns on itself. We are the only race [human] that allows itself to live in poverty. We are the only ones who allow members of our race to starve. We are the only ones that allow members of the race to be homeless. We are the only race that would sell itself into slavery. I don’t like the reflection they give me of us. It’s not that they are judging. They just don’t understand why we do it. If anyone’s got an answer for it, I’m open. Yes, we’ve been manipulated by belief systems, but why do we believe these belief systems?" According to testimony by Alex Collier in associated with alleged ET contacts, Earth Humans "are the only race of human beings which oppresses and kills itself." If Human ETs do exist, as scholarly and other representation suggests, the saving of Humanity from its current apparent course of self-destruction, including on-going catastrophic Global Warming, may very well vitally rely on human governance systems placing its greed-driven bigotries aside, toward a constructive dialogue. Scientists confirm Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA Research findings continues work of DNA Nobel Prize Winner Dr. Francis Crick by Peter Jiang and Jenny Li Artist representation of Semjase who Exo-scientists indicate is a Pleiadian woman. Reference: Billymeier.com. Collaborative research from a gathering of exo-scientists postulate that there are genes from over 20 extraterrestrials civilizations in Human DNA. These exo-scientists have continued the work of Nobel Prize winner Dr. Frances Crick, and other scholars in this area. Current findings are consistent with reports of Professor Sam Chang, who discreetly released information on his own apparent findings, in association with the Human Genome Project. Scientists are beginning to complain more and more about political attempts to compromise the integrity of their important work for humanity. The discreet releasing of findings, is one apparent way in which scientists try to cope with scientific peer pressures to conform to prevailing political pressures. Details of findings have been published in part, by Dr. Michael Salla, who is a learned scholar on extraterrestrial research. Exo-scientists and other researchers base their findings, in part, on carefully collecting data, which includes well corroborated documented observations by contactees and "whistleblowers", as well as other documentation. These verified reliable sources have come into contact with representatives of non-Earth Human civilizations living in human populations at-large, and also in official capacities. Francis Crick and partner, James Watson, startled the academic world in 1953 when they deciphered the structure of the DNA molecule. "Exo-science" is the study of extraterrestrial phenomenon. "Exo-science" is further associated with "exopolitics" which embraces the need for humanity to have open contacts with Extraterrestrials on a representative democratic basis, that respects Earth’s sovereignty. In today’s "global economy" an "official science" which denies the analytical study of spiritual phenomena, as a legitimate context for understanding human reality, has been created over time. The "science" which is legitimated by institutions that are closely linked to this "global economy", tends to seek to analyse only certain aspects of ‘materiality’. Priorised subjects by this "official science" are limited to areas which complement the agenda of constituencies of individuals who seek to manipulate the "recognized" body of human knowledge for power and control. That scientific priorisation context, has notably sought to exclude extraterrestrial relationships to humanity, in order to keep humanity ignorant of its apparent potential "locked" heritage within its own DNA. Dr. Francis Crick concluded Extraterrestrial orgins in the Human Genome, in relation to his well renown DNA research. Indeed, efforts to seek a scientific context for the appreciation of spiritual phenomena, has also been frowned upon by the elites of institutionalized religions, which like "official science", seek to control humanity within systems of accepted doctrine and dogma. Collaborative exo-scientific research efforts inspired by Dr. Michael Salla, suggest that within the estimated over 20 types of extraterrestrial genes within human DNA, lies psycho-kinetic abilities associated with the genetic memories of ancient extraterrestrial races. These apparent psycho-kinetic abilities are associated with the focusing of the creative collective consciousness of be-ing in the universe. These psycho-kinetic abilities, for example, could be viewed to manifest from time to time, when human beings in the process of trying to save another life, for example, have been recorded as executing, "great physical and other acts" which seem to go beyond the realm of understanding by "official science". The recorded healing abilities which individuals, for example, in aboriginal communities across the world have demonstrated in relation to their spirituality, which had also been recorded of Jesus, could be viewed to be associated with accessing this DNA "memory". "Official science" which seeks to complement the interests of various companies who seek to commercially profit from drugs and other therapies, has apparently sought to deny the awesome potentials of humanity for an elevated quality-of-living, by accessing an apparent E.T. DNA memory. Does Earth represent a genetic frontier, to some Extraterrestrials? There have been eyewitness accounts globally, including the broadcasted video footage of professional broadcasters, by millions of people of apparent extraterrestrial spacecraft. Exo-scientists indicate that this is because "these Extraterrestrials have sought to observe, or intervene on Earth, as a result of human beings having the genetic footprints of their ancient forbearers." It is important to note that exo-scientists do not claim that all extraterrestrials observed by humanity, do so because of a genetic association with humanity, although "genetics" is a reported prime motivation. Earth, therefore, appears to represent a "strategic genetic frontier", between scientifically ascertained extraterrestrials who "seeded", Earth, and other extraterrestrials with varying genetic agendas. Further visible indications of apparent Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA The existence of diverse ethno-racial communities of humanity on Earth, perhaps, provides a further visible appearance of extraterrestrial (E.T.) ‘genetic communities’. African tribes, including the Dogon, notably, cite evidence of having origins from races of "supernatural creatures that came down from the sky." Evidence and testimony on the original "seeding" of Earth by spiritually-inspired, ethical Extraterrestrials Exo-scientists indicate that ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrials inspired the communalistic and environmental protection oriented philosophies of Native-Canadian, African, and other tribes. The knowledge of astrological facts within diverse tribal communities is associated with claims of extraterrestrial contact long before modern astronomy, further corroborates exo-scientific claims of evidence of extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Aboriginal tribes in the Americas, Africa, and elsewhere embraced the "animistic" spirituality of the original reported spiritually and technologically advanced human and other extraterrestrials who "seeded" Earth. These tribes were apparently inspired by original constituents of human and other extraterrestrials to be custodians of "Mother Earth", and to live in harmony and balance with nature. .Then came reported genetic and cultural manipulation by competing extraterrestrial interests Exo-scientists suggest that subsequent interventions on Earth by other extraterrestrials, largely sought to manipulate Earth humans genetically, technologically, and also by dysfunctionally inspiring religious dogma, and accompanying rituals. Apparently, these extraterrestrials performed ‘great feats’ in order to be worshipped as ‘gods’. The reported next step was to provide technology to these Earth humans so that these humans could create impressive looking "rich" structures of religious worship, laid with gold and other mined mineral resources, of religious worship to these extraterrestrial ‘gods’. This corrupting of human spirituality, would further dysfunctionally inspire crass materialism. This apparent influence is shown in structures which include the Great Pyramids, Temples, and into other religious structures which include Churches. Dr. Salla’s and other exo-scientific work, further attests to this milieu. "…Hopi Indians [in the western U.S.] speak of how the ‘Star Beings’ could travel about the skies in beams of light like the sun, but in the blackness of night. Stories like these are identical to what I’ve personally heard an African medicine men (shaman) claim. Same exact scenario, that before the missionaries came onto the scene, it was also common place among all tribes and shaman that our orgins were from "out there"…" . Reference: Netscientia.com These religious structures became centres in the creation of competing rituals and dogma between different "E.T. cult" groups. As these religious structures became of increasing importance as centres of communities, bigotries in turn, were cultivated by the elite emissaries of the manipulative "Extraterrestrial gods" and were used to successfully pit one group of humanity against the other. According to collaborative exo-scientific research, led by Dr. Salla, alleged manipulative E.T. groups provided Earth Humans with advanced technology, to further instil an agenda of control against willing Earth elites, who were indoctrinated by these "gods". The creation of technology would also be used to inspire the creation of weapons of war, in which wars would be waged in the name of defending "religious" systems, in turn guided by Extraterrestrial "gods" who sought to "divide and rule". The manipulative Extraterrestrials sought to create false gods in their own image. "The purpose of these "false gods" was to repress the development of a collective consciousness among Earth Humans, based upon the founding universal conventions." Also according to the collaborative research of exo-scientists, "the purpose of the creation of systems of religious dogma was designed to instil petty hatreds and antagonisms that would repress "the conventions of peace, love, and wisdom, (which was attributed to the creation of our universe), and which would have otherwise protected Earth Humans from being exploited, as a genetic and overall planetary resource." Some of these Extraterrestrials, which apparently included Human Extraterrestrials who rebelled against the communal spirituality and "free will" ethic of original Human Extraterrestrials who had "seeded" Earth, reportedly simply sought to exploit the Earth for its mineral resources. According to the exo-scientific research findings of Dr. Salla, "Other rebelling materialistic-oriented working groups of Human and other E.T., viewed Earth Humans to be useful specimens to be incorporated in genetic experimentation programs." Apparently, socially conscientious Extraterrestrials, according to the collaborative research findings of Dr. Salla and exo-scientists "fearing the implications to manipulative Extraterrestrials genetically influencing Earth humans into becoming barbarians like Genghis Khan or Adolf Hilter, sought to "seed" "star children"." These "star children" were "seeded" into humanity without the apparent knowledge of the Earth humans they came into contact with, to help, in the apparent view of Extraterrestrials to "elevate and inspire the socially creative potentials of humanity." Native-Canadian Art. Notwithstanding this, ‘ethical Extraterrestrials’ according to representation by contactees, abide by strict "Galactic community" directives of non-interference on Earth, including the non-execution of "genetic experiments". However, Exo-scientists indicate that the "crop circles" phenomena is a notable example of mostly "ethical Andromedans" seeking to inspire humanity in the form of crop circle messages. Modern Earth Human DNA therefore reportedly has the genetic memories which are associated with origins of Humanity in the universe as part of a diaspora of "over 130 billion human beings", and a subsequent millennia of uncoerced biological contact, and also the coerced biological experimentation with a mix of Extraterrestrials. These are some of the understandings at which one arrives, as a result of the pioneering work of some diligent researchers. These researches notably includes Francis Crick. The work of Nobel Laureate Dr. Francis Crick, and other on ET contact in Human DNA DNA Double Helix illustrated in one of Dr. Francis Crick’s book. Exo-scientists are critically inspired by the work of Dr. Francis Crick. In his book Life Itself: Its Origins and Nature (1981), Crick — a Nobel prize-winner and the co-founder of the shape of the DNA molecule — claimed an advanced civilisation transported the seeds of life to Earth in a spacecraft. Nobel laureate Dr. Francis Crick who posits an extraterrestrial origin for life on Earth, is not alone in this viewpoint within the scientific community. The same year that Life Itself was published (1981), Sir Fred Hoyle authored Life from Space, in which he took essentially the same position. In fact, in an article that year in Nature, he wrote: "The likelihood of the formation of life from inanimate mater is one to a number with 40,000 noughts after it…. It is big enough to bury Darwin and the whole theory of evolution. There was no primeval soup, neither on this planet nor on any other, and if the beginnings of life were not random, they must therefore have been the product of purposeful intelligence." (Hoyle: 1981, 294:148). Dr. Hoyle opted for a kind of pantheistic intelligence that created life spores in other parts of the Universe, with these spores ultimately drifting to Earth to begin life as we know it. Because of the tremendous (and impressive) complexity of life-and the obvious design behind it — other scientists who challenge "official science" supported by political elites, are beginning to endorse this conclusion as well. Leslie Orgel, one of the well-researched heavyweights in origin-of-life experiments, is also on record as advocating this scientific position (1982, pp. 149-152). Like the issue of Global Warming, and on-going Ozone Layer depletion, non-dogmatic scientists have blamed political elites for ignoring clear evidence of the Non-Earth origins of human beings. Dr. Francis Crick was one of the two scientists who discovered the structure of DNA during the 1950s. Certainly an important discovery in the history of science, this came after lengthy research and a great pooling of information and expertise. Crick won the Nobel Prize for his work. Dr. Crick applied the same rigorous disciplinary standards to his Extraterrestrial origins findings. In his book Life Itself, Dr. Crick said that creatures from another solar system brought the seeds necessary for life to lifeless planets and, thanks to their kind intervention, life began here. Nobel Laureate Dr. Crick’s work, is consistent with the apparent findings of "Professor Sam Chang" of the Human Genome Project, who has been credited for seeking to release scientific findings concerning evidence of Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Exo-scientific representation on the origins of the universe Dr. Michael Salla, and other associated extraterrestrial researchers make representation that our universe was born as an expression of a "collective consciousness". Dr. Michael Salla specifically documents that ‘black holes’ were an entry point for beings and other entities who came together to spawn our universe. Furthermore, Dr. Salla’s exo-scientific documentation also indicates that these beings and other entities, sought to inspire ‘the universe’ into existence, as an ‘experiment’, based on principles of "Free Will". That is to say, all beings and other entities are represented as having sought to be a part of the genesis of ‘the universe’ without any coercion. The collective consciousness of the universe is deemed to have manifested in the thoughts, feelings, and sensations of be-ings, who spawned ‘the universe’. Therefore, the universe would expand as an expression of this consciousness. The genetic-cultural origins of Earth Humans Exo-scientists indicate that the Pleiadians are from a star system called Pleiades. This star system is a small cluster of seven stars located in the Constellation of Taurus the Bull. This star system is a small cluster of seven stars located in the Constellation of Taurus the Bull; it is 500 light years from planet Earth. Exo-scientists claim that Pleiadians are a humanoid race that visits Earth often and whom exo-scientists also claim we share a common ancestry. Billy Meier indicates that he maintains contacts with the Pleiadians. He has provided corroborated evidence of having extraterrestrial contact to scientists. Mr. Meier indicates that ‘Pleiadians’ call themselves Plejaren (pronounced pleh-yar-en) according to their system, which bears the name Plejaren. Reference: Burlingtonnews.net, and Galactic-server.net. "In the beginning, Earth was colonized by E.T. races, including human, insectual, botanical and reptilian species interests." Dr. Salla’s collaborative team of exo-scientists indicate. Land continents first supporting advanced human colonies were Lemuria and Poseidia (Atlantis) "which sank over 23,000 years ago." Many African tribes have linked their origins with Lemuria. Dr. Salla’s accounts indicate that "Each Universe is represented as a kind of living organism." The collective consciousness of this particular universe is represented is having been inspired by principles of peace, love, and wisdom, associated with "Free Will". But, because of the other polarity of fear which the original beings and other entities allegedly agreed to experience, the universe has also experienced "extremes of war, hate, and destruction." The critical exo-scientific study of the universe, thus requires a holistic sensitivity to contexts of analysis associated with consciousness, which has been divested from "official science". Therefore, prevailing scientific paradigms on Earth retard the body of human knowledge from a full appreciation of the complexity of human experiences, in the broader context of the universe. If spirituality is indeed a real phenomenon in the universe, then a critical context for science must endeavour to appreciate it, into a potential integral part of human knowledge and understanding. Exo-scientific research testifies to Earth Humans having originated in the Lyra system of the universe. Lyrans apparently grew into Sirian, Arcturian, Antarian, Pleaidian, Andromedan, Cignus Alphan, Alpha Centauri, Sagittarius A & B, and Cassiopia. Photo of Pleiadian spacecraft that Billy Meier had examined by apparently confounded, and formerly sceptical scientific reseachers. Reference: Billymeier.com. "One of the first ‘contactees’ to describe Lyra was Billy Meier who received much public attention as a result of his alleged visits from Pleiadians from 1975 to 1986, Mr. Meier supported his representation with material evidence that continues to confound those sceptical of Mr. Meier’s claims." "Comprehensive investigations by a number of individuals and organizations found that Meier’s evidence was not fabricated and therefore constituted significant support for his testimony of extraterrestrial contact." Dr. Salla, and other researchers document. Due to the amount of physical evidence he had provided over the years, Meier has gained great credibility, and the consistency and coherence of his testimonies suggest that he is indeed an important spokesperson for an extraterrestrial race. Dr. Salla and other associated researchers also document that, "In a 1998 interview, Clifford Stone, a retired US army Sergeant who served in the US Army for 22 years, in association with other interviews, confirms the existence of extraterrestrials, who are ‘human’ and "can easily integrate with human society"; and are visibly "indistinguishable from the rest of humanity". These officials also indicated that "These races are described to be from star systems such as Lyra, Pleiades, Sirius, Procyon, Tau Ceti, Ummo, Andromeda and Arcturus, and who have provided some of the genetic material for the seeding of humanity on Earth." Exo-scientists claim that the Pleaidians are our far distant first cousins and ancestral forbearers of some of our races. The Pleaidians are also descendants of the Lyrans who came from Lyra in spacecraft. The Lyrans would send down scout teams consisting of scientists and engineers and agricultural specialists to explore the surface of possible habitable planets and to explore them and return data and information to the mothership. One of these planets apparently included Earth. Each planet was explored and based upon its unique nature, colonies were then sent down to settle. It is in this way that the Pleaidians are so interested in our world and humanity on Earth. Exo-scientists claim that Pleaidians have been visiting Earth for at least 79,743 years. Exo-scientists also further claim that they are very similar in many ways to humans beings on Earth, however, they are emotionally and spiritually more evolved than Earth humans are at this time. But Dr. Salla’s and other associated exo-science researchers indicate that "they too have gone through their growing pains, as Earth humans are going through them right now." Dr. Salla and other learned exo-scientists in association with contactee further claim "Pleaidians have made attempts to share with us the benefits of their experience. So we ourselves don’t have to experience the same kinds of setback and possible destructions, but at present, not enough people on Earth are listening." "As the human race fragmented in the universe, genetic clusters of humanity moved, travelled, and settled many different planets in many systems as space travel evolved. Humans became aware of other planetary civilizations in these systems. Different cultures meet and grew. Belief systems clashed or spread. New thoughts of philosophy or technologies came into being. Humanity was evolving. A very strong social community developed between all in the Lyra System. Exo-scientists also further testify that "The Lyrans were a very peaceful race on the whole," Dr. Salla and associated exo-scientists further document. "The Lyrans learned to adapt to virtually all of the planetary environments that they settled. They learned to live in complete harmony with their respective planets. They developed agricultural communities that were literally awesome. They were not only efficient and could feed billions of beings, but it was actually enhancing the planet itself and creating an even wealthier environment. All aspects of life seem to benefit from the Lyran’s commitment to be at one with their home planets." At the same time, the life expectancy living in planets without the kind of pollution, and social oppression on Earth is represented by exo-scientists as apparent "being much higher than on Earth." These particular communities of Human Extraterrestrials represented themselves to exo-scientists as having economic systems that "were not in service of self, and having a community-ethic "beat as one heart, and shared and moved in the same direction as a whole and would try to make sure that none of their race would lag or fall too far behind the whole." In other words, "The needs of the many, out weigh the needs of the few." They were an incredible role model for all humanity that followed to this present moment. Earth scientists who have sought to collaborate with the prevailing capitalist system of selfishness and greed, inherited by manipulative Extraterrestrials, would not seek to make humanity aware of such a cultural-genetic lineage. In the view of these scientists who have been co-opted from the dogma of political economic power, such awareness would inspire Earth humans into alternatives to capitalism, which would better facilitate their pursuit of an elevated quality-of-living for all. Such Establishment scientists are not genuine searchers for critical information, but instead seek to spread a disinformation agenda. They have also been deployed to execute an apparently useful tactics by manipulative extraterrestrial "gods". "The Pleaides is an open star cluster consisting of 254 stars and many times that planetary bodies. Many of the stars are very young. This is located in the constellation of Taurus", exo-scientists say. Three of the star systems have human life as we know it, the most advanced is the system of Taygeta. And the other is the system of Taro which circles Alcyone. Most of the Pleaidians look like us in both size and stature, build, colour of hair, and in other ways. Exo-scientists indicate that Pleaides life spans specifically also apparently far exceed human beings on Earth. Pleaides technology has made it possible to travel anywhere in our Universe at speeds faster than the speed of light. "They are capable of using the Earth’s oceans for undersea operations," Dr. Salla documents, in association with other extraterrestrial researchers. Apparently Pleaidians are very concerned about our misuse for our sciences today on Earth, and are correspondingly concerned "that we have completely lost our spiritual center or harmony with our sciences." They have no use for money, politics and religious rituals and doctrines, which are used my manipulative elites on Earth. The Pleaidians "as our most benevolent races who have visited Earth, are worried, that we will destroy our planet and ourselves." All Earth’s languages are derived from an ancient Pre-Sumerian language which Exo-scientists report "was spoken in Lyra and in the Pleaides. The Pleaidians as well as other groups have left descendants on the Earth in the past." They have said they are willing to help us but not to the point of changing our own evolution and then therefore becoming responsible for us as a race. They say we create our own future as we go, and that we need to correct our own mistakes ourselves or suffer because of them. Humanity and the origins of the universe associated with creative collective consciousness The original Lyran extraterrestrials who apparently "seeded" Earth, were inspired by a consciousness associated with a spirituality, that grounded their sciences into humanistic dimensions of service to the "greater good", in contrast with elite-driven greed on Earth. Lyrans apparently refer to the collective consciousness of love, peace, and wisdom which inspired the universe as the Isness (G-d). The "worship" of the Isness (G-d) is silent and solitary; free from all self seeking. There are no priests nor "saviours" authorized to come between a human being as a ‘soul’ and our collective consciousness in the universe. In the Lyran documented existential context, "each experience is personal, different than another and should not in any way be meddled with or judged. Each soul should become conscious of the divinity that is itself. "The Lyrans sought to create no shrines, no temples except nature itself, and the process of humankind caretaking nature, as an infinitely spiritual exercise of being. Be a real, natural, human beings," Dr. Salla and other colleagues document. In the Lyran system of social ethics and spirituality, real faith may not be formulated in creeds, as have been taught by manipulative extraterrestrials who have sought to condition humanity as servants associated with systems of repressive dogma. These Lyrian social ethics apparently include according the alleged representations between Adromedans and Alex Collier, the rejection of "saviours", and "messiahs" who have been used by "manipulative ETs to undermine the vital sense of social and environmental responsibility among Earth humans, for each other. The apparent idea in the undermining system, was to get Earth humans to throw their arms in the air waiting to be saved or liberated by a saviour, as elites oppressed and pillaged. "In the Lyran apparent scientific appreciation of our universe the "Isness" as the expression of the collective consciousness of the universe, is only interested in your intent, the path of your heart," Dr. Salla also documents. A civilization of beings can, for example, choose a relative path of evolution associated with an affirmed quality-of-living for all, accompanied with spiritual renewal, or pursue a ‘regressive’ "de-evolutionary" path of greed, and oppressive power, as Earth’s elites, which eventually results in self-destruction. Indeed, The work of Erich von Däniken and former NASA research consultant and scientist Richard C. Hoagland reveals definitive proof of apparently self-destroyed civilizations on Mars. The surface of Mars shows Great Pyramid structures similar to Earth. Humanity on Earth realising potentials for elevating quality of living from a course of on-going self-destruction, can be potentially achieved by OUR coming to grips with apparent evidence of Extraterrestrial contact in Human DNA. Humanity on Earth apparently needs to vitally re-integrate spirituality as a component in the scientific appreciation of the universe, that in turn, is vital to "unlock" the hidden potential for an elevated quality-of-living. Humanity on Earth, also apparently needs to use the core spirituality of its own be-ing, to overcome any genetic contact with apparently competing manipulative interests, who according to Dr. Salla and other colleagues, have sought to sabotage human potential. Recommended Readings on elevating human quality-of-living: Human Development and the Quality-of-Life, ISBN: 1897035353; Quantuum Economics: Wage Slavery or the Quality-of-Life, ISBN: 1894839609; and Capitalism is Not Democracy, Part I, ISBN: 1894934636; Babylon and Beyond, ISBN: 9780745323909. Get these books from The Canadian National Newspaper Book Café. Other research on Extraterrestrial genes in Human DNA was done by Zecharia Sitchin [excerpted] Zecharia Sitchin Humbling was the prevalent adjective used by the scientific teams and the media to describe the principal finding that the human genome contains not the anticipated 100,000 – 140,000 genes (the stretches of DNA that direct the production of amino-acids and proteins) but only some 30,000+ — little more than double the 13,601 genes of a fruit fly and barely fifty percent more than the roundworms: 19,098. What a comedown from the pinnacle of the genomic Tree of Life! Moreover, there was hardly any uniqueness to the human genes. They are comparative to not the presumed 95 percent but to almost 99 percent of the chimpanzees, and 70 percent of the mouse. Human genes, with the same functions, were found to be identical to genes of other vertebrates, as well as invertebrates, plants, fungi, even yeast. The findings not only confirmed that there was one source of DNA for all life on Earth, but also enabled the scientists to trace the evolutionary process how more complex organisms evolved, genetically, from simpler ones, adopting at each stage the genes of a lower life form to create a more complex higher life form culminating with Homo sapiens. The Head-scratching Discovery It was here, in tracing the vertical evolutionary record contained in the human and the other analyzed genomes, that the scientists ran into an enigma. Thehead-scratching discovery by the public consortium, as Science termed it, was that the human genome contains 223 genes that do not have the required predecessors on the genomic evolutionary tree. How did Humankind acquire such a bunch of enigmatic genes? In the evolutionary progression from bacteria to invertebrates (such as the lineages of yeast, worms, flies or mustard weed which have been deciphered) to vertebrates (mice, chimpanzees) and finally modern humans, these 223 genes are completely missing in the invertebrate phase. Therefore, the scientists can explain their presence in the human genome by arather recent (in evolutionary time scales)probable horizontal transfer from bacteria. In other words: At a relatively recent time as Evolution goes, modern humans acquired an extra 223 genes not through gradual evolution, not vertically on the Tree of Life, but horizontally, as a sideways insertion of genetic material from bacterial An Immense Difference Now, at first glance it would seem that 223 genes is no big deal. In fact, while every single gene makes a great difference to every individual, 223 genes make an immense difference to a species such as ours. The human genome is made up of about three billion neucleotides (the letters A-C-G-T which stand for the initials of the four nucleic acids that spell out all life on Earth); of them, just a little more than one percent are grouped into functioning genes (each gene consists of thousands of "letters"). The difference between one individual person and another amounts to about oneletter in a thousand in the DNAalphabet. The difference between Humankind and Chimpanzee is less than one percent as genes go; and one percent of 30,000 genes is 300. So, 223 genes is more than two thirds of the difference between me, you and a chimpanzee! An analysis of the functions of these genes through the proteins that they spell out, conducted by the Public Consortium team and published in the journal Nature, shows that they include not only proteins involved in important physiological but also psychiatric functions. Moreover, they are responsible for important neurological enzymes that stem only from the mitochondrial portion of the DNA the so-called "Eve DNA" that humankind inherited only through the mother-line, all the way back to a singleEve. That finding alone raises doubt regarding that the "bacterial insertion" explanation. A Matter of Extreme Significance Unless further scientific research can establish, beyond any doubt, that the only possible source of the extra genes are indeed bacteria, and unless it is then also determined that the infection (horizontal transfer) went from bacteria to Man and not from Man to bacteria, the only other available solution will be that offered by the Sumerian texts millennia ago. Until then, the enigmatic 223 alien genes will remain as an alternative and as a corroboration by modern science of extraterrestrial civilizations, and their apparent genetic participation in the Human Genome. A Shaky Theory How sure are the scientists that such important and complex genes, such an immense human advantage, was obtained by us — rather recently– through the courtesy of infecting bacteria? It is a jump that does not follow current evolutionary theories, said Steven Scherer, director of mapping of the Human Genome Sequencing Centre, Baylor College of Medicine. We did not identify a strongly preferred bacterial source for the putative horizontally transferred genes, states the report in Nature. The Public Consortium team, conducting a detailed search, found that some 113 genes (out of the 223)are widespread among bacteria though they are entirely absent even in invertebrates. An analysis of the proteins which the enigmatic genes express showed that out of 35 identified, only ten had counterparts in vertebrates (ranging from cows to rodents to fish); 25 of the 35 were unique to humans. It is not clear whether the transfer was from bacteria to human or from human to bacteria, Science quoted Robert Waterson, co-director of Washington University’s Genome Sequencing Center, as saying. But if Man gave those genes to bacteria, where did Man acquire those genes to begin with? Zecharia Sitchin concludes that Human Genome was manipulated by Extraterrestrials. Reference: Original report documented by the Public Consortium is in Nature, Feb 15, 2001 and of Celera Genomics in Science of Feb 16th, 2001. Example of Report on an ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrial sighting in Africa On 14th September 1994, a UFO streaked across the sky over Southern Africa. Two days later, something landed in a schoolyard in Ruwa, Zimbabwe, with three or four things beside it, according to investigator Cynthia Hind. The primary witnesses were 62 schoolchildren, who had little or no exposure to TV or popular press accounts of UFOs. Cynthia Hind interviewed them the day after the encounter and made them draw pictures of what they had seen. Below is one actual photographs of what the children drew and some of their statements. OTHER PHOTOS. The door opened, and a little man go out that had on a black suit. He was very slim, and the suit was black. It was silver and the ring around it was red… lights along the edge. I saw one over here, they had eyes like that. They were kind of, like, looking at us. They were, like, kind of astonished. Many of the children received the same telepathic message from the beings…. to take care of the planet or civilization will be doomed. "I think they want people to understand that we’re actually making harm on this world and we have the responsibility to restore balance between our technological and spiritual growth. As I see things, as a civilization, we r more advanced technologically, than spritually and tp bring the balance back, we need to operate from our love centres where truth & forgiveness reign!!" – SAUFOR Zimbabwe UFO report screened on South African TV Channel 1 Program Agenda: Zimbabwean children witnessed UFO together. "Tonight at 8.30 SA time we were treated to the rare spectacle of a half a dozen CHILDREN AGED 8-12 attesting ON tv to the fact that a group of them had seen a group of four or five UFOs. Sentients with large eyes, long black hair wearing shiny black one piece suits had made themselves known. The ships had then departed. The witnesses to this encounter are a group of schoolchildren at the Areal School in a town called Ruwa not far from the capital of Harare. The date is 16 September 1994. Cynthia Hind, Southern Africa’s most well known UFOlogist had a few words to say, but the children stole her show with their innocent and honest faces. They had all drawn crayon pictures of the craft. The pictures were all the same.. This I saw with my own eyes. We had Dr. John Mack on the same show. What is he doing in Africa? But the star of the show was the South African Sangoma Wiseman CREDO MUTWA. He is well known for his disturbingly correct prophecies. One of these was the prediction of Hendrik Verwoerds assassination. Credo Mutwa stormed the program with figurines of aliens looking exactly like the various races we suspect to co-inhabit our planet with us. These figurines have long been in the possession of the African nations. He attested to the fact that the African nations co-exited with aliens in Africa for hundreds if not thousands of years. He made the disturbing allegation that the Europeans who first ‘colonised’ Africa were mistaken for these ‘other,’ star people. Credo Mutwa has also said that AIDS can be cured by a SONIC SCAN or AUDIO FREQUENCY scan of some kind. This does not harm the person, only the virus. Surely this is worth investigating?…" Reference: "SAUFOR XPLoReS Ruwa, Zimbabwe – 16 September, 1994." Researcher illuminates Extraterrestrial influences and origins in Human DNA by Mary Mageau Some researchers claim that Jesus was either an Extraterrestrial or spiritually guided by ‘ethical’ Extraterrestrials who sought to inspire human kind away from the self-destructive pursuit of greed, power, and oppression. Currently most of humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology – such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, eg: a paternal grandfather’s tendency toward arthritis, or a mother’s genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the human being consists of a soul imbedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it? The Manipulation of Human DNA Diverse ‘spiritual elements’ embedded within Human DNA were deliberately ‘turned-off’ in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA molecule was "breached". When these ‘dark extraterrestrial forces’ unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. As a result Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a ‘veil’ being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the higher realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime, humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those [socially ‘ethical’ extraterrestrials] seeking to inspire our spiritual heritage have sent representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These advanced souls include the prophets, Jesus Christ, Mohammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others. The fully conscious human being has twelve strands of functional DNA. Beyond our double helix are ten additional dormant soul strands. When these are finally activated we will experience a total expansion of our consciousness and fully access our light bodies. Originally there were over 2,000 particles in our DNA that allowed these higher spiritual abilities to function. All strands are not positioned within the physical part of our biology either, as many reside on the plane inhabited by our higher mind. Our individual souls are so much greater than what we can perceive with our five physical senses, because these more lofty abilities are not all found within our physical bodies. Instead they are accessed on a higher spiritual plane or vibration and not in the denser physical levels of gasses and solids. The recoding of our DNA is happening automatically as we all begin to transition the "photon belt". Presently our solar sun steps down these powerful energies as they emanate from the centre of the universe. And like the workings of a giant clock, the planets have found the positions that allow these "higher" and "finer energies" to reach us. On the surface of our Earth many energy vortexes and star gates are being opened by awakened humans who gather during important events: eclipses, equinoxes, solstices etc. to anchor and ground the incoming energies. The source of this mighty and uplifting energy that is pouring downwards to us comes from "All That Is," the Great Creator. Activating Our "Light" Bodies Already some individuals have moved beyond their double helix by working upward toward the full twelve strands that mark their next level of achievement. Many of them are assisting others to recode and activate their added DNA strands. Individuals can also begin to help themselves to turn on the inactive aspects of their DNA in order to experience a higher state of consciousness. Adopting greater compassion and unconditional love in our daily lives begins the reclaiming of the light codes needed for our advancement. These codes cover a wide range of spiritual abilities that cluster around peace, unity, cooperation, integrity, truthfulness and cultivating a sense of beauty. Others influence our abilities toward achieving telepathy, stronger intuition, physic gifts and an immortal physical body. The latter code will allow us, in future, to inhabit a body of light that will look youthful and beautiful and will not deteriorate or die. The light body can be regenerated so that injuries and scars are changed through the consciousness that controls and inhabits these bodies. When we can conceive of living in a body halfway between the physical realm and light, where it does not decay but instead becomes a shimmering mass – that is the blueprint for the immortal physical body that will come into being. This light body is the reconciliation between the soul and the dense physical body, between the physical and the spiritual. It is the fully energetic, perfect container for our evolving souls as it allows for the total use of all our spiritual skills and abilities. This light body is our true destiny. Tools for Light Body Activation The portal between the physical body and the realms of energy and light is the body’s endocrine or hormonal system. Through this portal, transmissions from our light bodies are mediated into physical chemical messages. These then enter the blood stream as hormones, which regulate the life force energy distribution and functioning of our physical bodies. Light energy from higher dimensions first enters the body at the pineal gland. This small gland located in the brain is the crucial portal for the reception of higher vibrations of light. It is shaped somewhat like a pineapple and has a lens covering its front. Our pituitary gland, or master gland, then directs the light energy to the various ductless glands of the endocrine system throughout the body. A good way to balance the physical body and to activate the light body is to work with the breath and the energy of the thymus gland or ‘high heart.’ Within the heart charka, energy emissions are experienced in their essence as unconditional love. Because the heart charka also acts as the master chakra for the lungs, the act of breathing also serves to activate the thymus. When you breathe deeply, as in meditation, the heart energy flows smoothly to produce that sense of calm and relaxation. And when you breathe while focusing on the heart charka, you will flood your system with the light energy of unconditional love. The thymus is a ductless gland associated with the functioning of the heart chakra and also has much to do with telepathy. It is available to anyone that knows what it is and how to open it. It is located in the middle of the chest above the heart. To open your thymus, look at your chest area just above the heart and take several gentle, focused breaths directed at that space. You will notice that you are breathing differently than you were a few moments before. To activate the thymus gland first remove your wrist watch, jewellery, and glasses. Hold the back straight, your head looking straight ahead and your feet flat on the floor. Place your hands on your knees, open with the palms facing down on your knees. Close your eyes. Visualize your throat centre as a high blue and spinning rapidly. Then picture your heart centre as high green spinning less quickly than your throat chakra. As they both spin a little faster see them expanding. Continue until they are large enough to touch one another. When they touch the spin ceases. When this happens raise the palms of your hands upward to cover these two centres of your body. It doesn’t matter which hand is which just so one is over the throat centre and one over the heart centre. Slide your hands together then flatten them together, parallel to the thymus centre. Keep them tightly together and say aloud, ‘Separate…Spin’. Then it is done. Finish the activation by tapping firmly on that area of the chest. It does not have to be hard, but tap until it becomes tender. Then let it rest and tap the area once again. You have opened a portal here at the thymus that will allow you to receive certain information. This portal also lets all higher entities know that you are working for the light. It is your beacon that people and other entities can identify you by. It is your ‘signature’ as this gland in your body is the one that marks you as an individual. Once it has been opened it identifies your auric field in the same manner as it marks your body, There are also many different breathing practices in the yoga tradition and these are collectively referred to as pranayama. Prana is the vital life force that animates each living cell in our bodies. The yoga tradition states that when prana flows unimpeded, the body radiates health and the mind remains sound. Conversely when prana is blocked, the result can lead to sickness, disease and depression. Pranayama will aid one in returning balance to the body, clarity to the mind and will help to relieve stress. Nadi Sudi – Alternate Nostril Breathing Take in a deep gentle breath, close your right nostril with your thumb or index finger, pause briefly then exhale slowly through the left nostril. Inhale through the left nostril, close it with your finger, pause for a moment, open your right nostril and then exhale through the right nostril. Inhale right, switch then exhale left. The pattern is to exhale, inhale then switch nostrils. Nadi Sudi calms the nervous system, balances the creative and logical aspects of the mind and is a short and simple breathing technique to use for stress relief. Now you can understand why it is so important to assist your body in this transition as it re-wires and activates your spiritual endocrine system. It will achieve balance all the more quickly if you co-operate and allow the process by first slowing down and then consciously work toward this balance. To feel balanced, healthy and harmonious on both the inner and outer levels should be the aim, as you move into the full use of your wonderful New Earth crystalline light body. Your light body will produce, by sympathetic vibration or resonance, a crystalline state in the human body through its water matrix. Your body is 70 to 80 percent water and this water will begin to vibrate in crystalline forms. Once this happens, the physical body will receive and transmit more and more light. You will indeed become radiant and more luminous. . Breathe properly, breathe deeply and breathe to feed your body. . Drink more and more water, day after day. . Meditate as much and as often as you can, if you seek to obtain a higher consciouness away from being enslaved by entities who seek to control you through greed. In these coming times the only way you will be able to maintain your centre and stay out of chaos, is to meditate. Get yourself to the point where even in a crowded, chaotic room you will be the calm waters felt in that room. The only way you can re-awken your human essence as a spiritually inspired and socially responsible being, is to be in your centre, to be calm and at peace. Only then can you attract to yourselves those that need you and those that you need. Chaos never attracts. It only repels. Understand this and discipline yourself to achieve this. Then all will happen as divinely ordained, in relation to a consciouness of free will, peace, and lovingkindness that created our universe. Do Extra-terrestrials Exist? by Yakov Samuel

Artist representation of an Ummo ET. Total fantasy, some truth, or fact? Scientists have claimed that with billions of stars in the universe, intelligent life beyond Earth is certain. With this in mind, millions of people have witnessed evidence of an Extra-terrestrial (ET) presence either in person or through verifiably untampered video footage. This evidence continues to run into a dissembled gamut of denial by the Establishment. The main question of the many people who remain sceptical of an extra-terrestrial presence, pivots on the enquiry, as to why would such an extra-terrestrial presence be denied. ETs either exist as many individuals and grassroots organizations claim, or they don’t, as the Establishment from government agenices to mass-media organizations assert. If they do exist, then indeed why would the Establishment seek to deny something so profoundly important to humanity? The answer to that question is actually relatively simple; and can be understood within an elucidatory context. If ETs do exist, as many individuals and organizations claim from documentation, then the group(s) that deny their presence could be considered to be the modern day versions of the "Earth-is-round deniers". Y’know, clerics and state elites who had denied that the ‘Earth is round, saying it was ‘flat’… and saying also that the Earth does not revolve around the Sun, but instead is at the ‘centre of the universe’. The political objectives, of the groups which had denied that the Earth was round, was to oppress the human consciousness, and to place it into an established doctrine of state and institutionalized religion, toward social control and domination by these groups. Elites use social control to manipulate people into servicing the elite-pursuit of power and domination. In the current prevailing run-away context of Corporate Globalization, elites promote and pursue greed via the device of ‘commercial profit’ at whatever human, social, or environmental costs. ETs who were able to travel to the Earth, would posses advanced knowledge which might conflict with the greed-driven objectives of Earthbound elites. Some groups claim that ETs posses, for example, "free energy" technologies, which would free humanity’s dependence on destructive fossil fuels and nuclear sources of energy, which are currently destroying planet Earth via "Climate Change". Exopolitics.org (and other such groups, internationally) furthermore claim, for example, that "unofficial" ET contact with humanity has already long been made, and that such contact can cultivate the very know-how and social consciousness that humanity needs to save itself from self-destruction. Exopolitics groups seek to support the rejuvenation of humanity away from its current state, as a self-absorbed destructive species in the universe, and into an enlightened species which participates in a "democratic community of enlightened sentient ET species." As represented by ‘Exopolitics" groups, alleged ET concerns for the plight of humanity under venal elites, could very well be encapsulated in the following quote. Representatives of these ‘exopolitics- related groups allege that these statements were made in 1980, by an alleged "Ummo" ET to Dr. Antonio Ribera, one of the Spanish UFO researchers that had taken up their case:

Dr. Antonio Ribera claimed contact with Ummo ETs. For 30 years we have studied your science, your culture, history and civilizations All this information we have carried from your Earth to Ummo in our titanium crystals codified with data. We HAVE DEMONSTRATED to you our culture and our technology in purely descriptive form – so you cannot convert them or realize them practically. We have done this because we note with sadness that you employ your sciences primarily for war and the destruction of your own selves, which cont[inue] as your principal objective. You are like children playing with terrible and dangerous toys which will destroy you. WE CAN DO NOTHING! A cosmic law says that each world must take its own path, to survive or to perish. You have chosen the second. You are destroying your planet – annihilating your species, and contaminating your atmosphere and your seas until now this is irreversible. With sadness we contemplate your insanity, and understand that the remedy is only in yourselves. We can not look forward a great distance into your future because your psyche are completely unpredictable and capricious bordering on paranoia. As your elder brothers in this cosmos, we urgently desire with all our hearts your salvation. Do not destroy your beautiful blue planet, a rare atmospheric world that floats so majestically in space, so full of life. IT IS YOUR CHOICE. [Sources: expolitics.org and Galactic-Server.com] It is plausible that the same groups of elites, who are willing to destroy vital ecosystems that billions of "their own kind" depend upon for their quality-of-survival, would also be willing to deny new knowledge which would liberate humankind from the prevailing oppression, at the hands of these same elites. The reason why ETs would be denied by prevailing Earthbound elites, is therefore directly related to the dissembling nature of the prevailing out-of-control system of American led ‘global capitalism’, which operates by creating a worsening path of human, social, and ecological destruction. The current operating elites have become so transfixed in their shortsighted materialistic lifestyles, that members of these elites may very well have literally sold-out the Earth along with humanity. The elites who prevail over a political-military-industrial complex, which feeds off a culture of iniquity and violence to prop-up commercial profit, do so with the transfixation of a crack-cocaine drug addict. Personal and communal devastation is similarly irrelevant to both the crack-cocaine addict and members of these elites, who both pathologically pursue self-consuming "highs". To further elaborate, it is theoretically possible that the existence of ETs is being denied by the very nature of capitalistocratic elites, who prevail over a self-destructive political-military-industrial complex. It is this very ‘Complex’ which has brought the world a contrived "War of Terrorism", based upon the falsification of the presence of "Weapons of Mass Destruction" in Iraq. Clearly, the Establishment has shown that, in the apparent pursuit of oil, and other commercial riches, it is willing to cause the loss of millions of lives based upon a verified system of lies and fabrications. Elites who seek to maintain the destructive but "commercially profitable" course of capitalism, would theoretically seek to deny the existence of Extra-Terrestrials from "Off-world civilizations"; and they would also deny the existence of certain know-how and philosophies which conflict with the prevailing capitalistocratic global economic system. In the view of these elites, certain "know how" could be directed at socially liberating humanity contrary to the very objectives of these elites who seek to enslave humanity. In capitalism, "science" must serve the objectives of elites, who often try to manipulate the scientific community within a system of financial rewards, and accompanying political pressures. Indeed, it is well-documented, for example, that the Bush administration has pressured scientists to suppress the truth concerning the horrific consequences of "Climate Change". Elites in the Bush regime, view such data as conflicting with the commercial profit objectives of the elites that are linked with greenhouse emissions polluting industries, which in turn are creating a "Climate Change" which endangers humanity. Therefore, the denial of ET contact with Earth, could understandably operate in the same context as circumstances that cause worsening poverty in Canada, and globally. The denial of ET contact with Earth, could also operate in the same context that has lead to worsening environmental destruction (i.e. "ecocide"), and the related overall ignoring of the plight of humanity. This plight includes contrived wars for oil, and genocide including AIDS. That denial could also operate in the same context as that which denies people in a cloud of secrecy, of information on the ingredients in food, (and other "products") that have led to shareholder "profits" in associated corporations, which have been responsible for causing cancers, and other serious health problems. That reason for the pervasiveness of the ‘blanket of denial’ is succinctly ‘greed’. As long as our world is being governed by the directives of greed-pursuing capitalistocrats, humanity will continue to descend into self-destruction, which will be accompanied by a plausible elite-enforced widespread societal ignorance about ETs.

Full Truthful UFO Disclosure impossible under capitalism by David Stein Individuals and groups that currently seek full truthful disclosure concerning UFOs and Extraterrestrials (ETs) could be viewed to have an unrealistic goal. Full truthful disclosure can only occur if the prevailing capitalism can be replaced by a people-driven economic system. The current prevailing capitalist economic system is driven by greed and exploitation. Such a milieu of greed and exploitation would seek to either cover-up or to spread manipulative dis-information about things. This includes UFO’s and Extraterrestrials, that would liberate humanity from that system of greed and exploitation. Disclosure advocates who hope that the Establishment, for example, will all of a sudden become enlightened and provide humanity access to alleged "free energy" and other ET technologies, which would free humanity from fossil fuel industries, (that in turn is creating catastrophic Global Warming), are not being realistic. UFO and Extraterrestrial disclosure advocates, must inspire a totally rejuvenated people driven political economic system, freed of a greed and exploitation context, BEFORE humanity can be finally provided with a truthful context of disclosure about UFO and Extraterrestrials. Until that time, government released information concerning disclosure, will have no more integrity than the current "War on Terrorism", and other such orchestrated capitalism-inspired crusades and mass-deceptions. Indeed, scholars suggest that former U.S. President John F. Kennedy allegedly sought to want to fully disclose government knowledge about UFOs and Extraterrestrials to the American people, toward the benevolent use of UFO technology for all of humankind. It would appear that many interests did not share John F. Kennedy’s non-capitalistic commitments.

Nibiru

Is Nibiru out there??? If you use Worldwide Telescope and search these coordinate you will find a huge heat signature which upon right clicking on it it come up as NO OBJECT Classification Unidentified in LEO RA:09h47m58s Dec: =13:16:38 It clearly states there is an unidentified object there but no object what are they hidding This is clearly were Nibiru if it exist should be and is but they (NASA/JPL,IPAC,IRIS)cannot Identify when it is very clear there is a huge heat signature there.Just over and down is another heat signature much smaller in size, and right clicking on it give the following information HR 3882 Classification Star in LEO HR 3882; SAO98769; HD84748; DM BD+12 2096 Ra:09h47m33s Dec:11:25:44 a very clear explanation You can see for yourself by going to http://www.worldwidetelescope.org/Home.aspx download and install it on your computer and see for yourself and make up your own mind what that unidentified heat signature is Here are the coordinates to enter to find it (Nibiru Worldwide Telescope coordinate In LEO RA:09h47m58s Dec: =13:16:38 IRIS: Improved Reprocessing of IRAS Survey) .You must also choose the Iris Telescope under the Imagery box in bottom left hand corner It will look like this when you find it (see picture below)

There are now pictures of Nibiru in the early morning sky showing up more and more on the internet we will post some of the better ones here and this section will be updated with the most up to date info possible so check back often NIBIRU-Planet of the Crossing Planet X / Nibiru 2012 Flyby Scenarios – February 2009 Report NIBIRU – Nasa X Ray Photo – Tail of the Dragon Nibiru: Planet X Nibiru Planet X / Nibiru SPT Disclosures – May 2008 Report

New Official Nasa Release X-Ray Photo of Nibiru Planet X Find more videos like this on ZoSo’s TRUTH TALK NIBIRU UPDATE seen from naples italy UNREAL JANUARY 16 -19 – 2009 Find more videos like this on ZoSo’s TRUTH TALK Area 51 Worker Reveal Threat of Nibiru And 2012 on Tape Planeta X Nibiru, foto real. The Government knows it.. NASA knows it.. but do YOU know?.. PLANET NIBIRU (Planet X) is coming our way! By July 2009 it will be visible as a faint reddish object and by 2012 it will be visible as a "second sun".. So what does Nibiru do when it passes the Earth? What do YOU need to know about it? And more important, what can you do to survive? Messages given to us by "Extraterrestrials" in the form of Crop Circles are telling us about this incoming Planet Nibiru and its current position in the Universe. Why are we not warned by our Governments? How did the Sumerians know about Nibiru? Who are the "Annunaki?" Who are the "Nephilim?" Why is our global weather pattern changing so rapidly and drastically? Global warming? I don’t think so.. Why are there increasing numbers of sightings of strange giant creatures surfacing on Earth? Are we finding ourselves in the final stages of genetic experiments? By whom? Why are there increasing numbers of sightings of UFO’s? Are we not only being watched for thousands of years? What agenda are we part of? You may find most answers by simply watching all the video parts of: "Wake Up Now! Your World IS Changing.. rapidly!" The term "Nibiru" comes from the Sumerian cuneiform tablets and writings dating back 5,000 years (older then any Religion). Nibiru means "Planet of the Crossing," and it’s cuneiform sign was often a cross.. Zecharia Sitchin proposed the idea that billions of years ago our solar system once had twelve planets. Now with advancements in science, scientists have literally found the 12th planet and have also discovered some really disturbing things along with this discovery. This is what’s meant to happen according to the Mayan and I-Ching predictions.. because time is a frequency which is being compressed.. NEW NIBIRU pictures

MILITARY MADNESS

Colombia seeks UN help, Chavez readies for ‘war’ (AFP)

BOGOTA — Colombia has said it will seek UN help after Venezuela’s President Hugo Chavez instructed his military to ready "for war." "Faced with these threats of war by the government of Venezuela, the government of Colombia is weighing heading to the Organization of American States and UN Security Council," said a statement from President Alvaro Uribe, read out by his spokesman Cesar Velasquez.

"Colombia has not made nor will it make any bellicose move toward the international community, (and) even less so toward fellow Latin American nations," the statement said. "The only thing we are interested in is defeating terrorism related to drug trafficking, which has been so unfair to Colombians for so many years." Colombia, the statement added, "remains ready for frank dialogue, achieving greater understanding and to the rules of international law." Hours earlier, Chavez urged his military leaders to prepare "for war" and to ready citizens to "defend the homeland," as tensions continue to mount over fractious ties with neighboring Colombia.

"Let’s not waste a day on our main aim: to prepare for war and to help the people prepare for war, because it is everyone’s responsibility," Chavez said during his weekly radio and television show "Alo, Presidente." The comments come at a tense time for the region as Colombia signs a controversial military agreement with the United States to let US forces use seven military bases in Colombia for anti-drug operations. Chavez has repeatedly voiced deep fears of US encroachment in the region

Worldwide WMD’s

Nuclear countries Worldwide

Nuclear power in the Middle East

ISRAEL

Israel has never officially admitted having nuclear weapons, but is widely recognised to possess a significant arsenal. There are estimates it has between 75 and 200 nuclear warheads. The state is able to maintain its policy of ambiguity as it has not signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. It is therefore not subject to inspections and the threat of sanctions by the United Nations nuclear watchdog, the International Atomic Energy Agency. This is a source of grievance for Iran and Arab countries which are signatories. Their attempts to get an IAEA resolution on Israel have been blocked by the United States and its allies. Israel’s nuclear reactor at Dimona in the Negev desert was built secretly with help from France and was completed in 1964. It provides power and is understood to be the source of plutonium for Israeli nuclear weapons. IRAN

Two years ago, President Ahmadinejad announced that Iran had joined the world’s nuclear countries, successfully enriching uranium to an industrial level. It has since defied international pressure to suspend its activities. In March, the UN Security Council approved a third round of sanctions against Iran. While Tehran insists its ambitions are peaceful, many suspect that it wants to develop nuclear weapons. Experts argue it does not make economic sense for it to build its own enrichment and reprocessing facilities. However it may make political sense. Iranians feel pride in the national nuclear programme and it has strengthened their country’s regional profile. The extent of Iran’s nuclear development remains unclear. In December, a US intelligence assessment claimed it had a nuclear weapons programme until 2003 but that it had been stopped and probably not restarted. SYRIA

The White House claims that North Korea helped Syria build a secret nuclear reactor which was destroyed in an Israeli air raid last year. It said it had good reason to believe the development was not for peaceful purposes. Damascus has dismissed the allegations as "ridiculous". Syria is a close ally of Iran and the two countries have a mutual defence pact. It is unusual among Arab countries in declaring its full support for Iran’s nuclear programme. EGYPT

Egypt recently announced plans to build a number of nuclear power stations to generate electricity. It says energy security is important to its development. The US has offered to provide assistance, saying there is no comparison between the peaceful use of nuclear technology by Egypt and Iran’s controversial nuclear programme. Cairo’s original plans to pursue nuclear weapons were abandoned in the 1980s when the country ratified the NPT. It has since led calls for a Middle East free of weapons of mass destruction. GULF STATES

Saudi Arabia has the world’s largest oil reserves and an abundance of natural gas but is now also developing a civilian nuclear power supply. There is speculation this is in response to Iran developing a nuclear capacity. The kingdom is wary of its Gulf neighbour’s intentions, but does not support a US strike on its nuclear sites. Saudi Arabia and the other states of the Gulf Co-operation Council (GCC) – Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates – have declared an interest in pursuing a joint civilian nuclear programme. In January, France signed a deal to help the United Arab Emirates build a nuclear reactor. JORDAN

Last year, King Abdullah of Jordan told Israel’s Haaretz newspaper that the rules had changed on the nuclear issue in the Middle East. He went on to announce that his country planned to develop its first nuclear power plant by 2015 for electricity and desalination. He said it was following Egypt and the GCC.

***********************************************************************************************************************

War Mongering

Secret document exposes Iran’s nuclear trigger Propaganda Gun goes off Confidential intelligence documents obtained by The Times show that Iran is working on testing a key final component of a nuclear bomb. The notes, from Iran’s most sensitive military nuclear project, describe a four-year plan to test a neutron initiator, the component of a nuclear bomb that triggers an explosion. Foreign intelligence agencies date them to early 2007, four years after Iran was thought to have suspended its weapons programme. An Asian intelligence source last week confirmed to The Times that his country also believed that weapons work was being carried out as recently as 2007 — specifically, work on a neutron initiator. The technical document describes the use of a neutron source, uranium deuteride, which independent experts confirm has no possible civilian or military use other than in a nuclear weapon. Uranium deuteride is the material used in Pakistan’s bomb, from where Iran obtained its blueprint. “Although Iran might claim that this work is for civil purposes, there is no civil application,” said David Albright, a physicist and president of the Institute for Science and International Security in Washington, which has analysed hundreds of pages of documents related to the Iranian programme. “This is a very strong indicator of weapons work.” The documents have been seen by intelligence agencies from several Western countries, including Britain. A senior source at the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) confirmed that they had been passed to the UN’s nuclear watchdog. A Foreign and Commonwealth Office spokeswoman said yesterday: “We do not comment on intelligence, but our concerns about Iran’s nuclear programme are clear. Obviously this document, if authentic, raises serious questions about Iran’s intentions.” Responding to The Times’ findings, an Israeli government spokesperson said: “Israel is increasingly concerned about the state of the Iranian nuclear programme and the real intentions that may lie behind it.” The revelation coincides with growing international concern about Iran’s nuclear programme. Tehran insists that it wants to build a civilian nuclear industry to generate power, but critics suspect that the regime is intent on diverting the technology to build an atomic bomb. In September, Iran was forced to admit that it was constructing a secret uranium enrichment facility near the city of Qom. President Ahmadinejad then claimed that he wanted to build ten such sites. Over the weekend Manouchehr Mottaki, the Iranian Foreign Minister, said that Iran needed up to 15 nuclear power plants to meet its energy needs, despite the country’s huge oil and gas reserves. Publication of the nuclear documents will increase pressure for tougher UN sanctions against Iran, which are due to be discussed this week. But the latest leaks in a long series of allegations against Iran will also be seized on by hawks in Israel and the US, who support a pre-emptive strike against Iranian nuclear facilities before the country can build its first warhead. Mark Fitzpatrick, senior fellow for non-proliferation at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in London, said: “The most shattering conclusion is that, if this was an effort that began in 2007, it could be a casus belli. If Iran is working on weapons, it means there is no diplomatic solution.” The Times had the documents, which were originally written in Farsi, translated into English and had the translation separately verified by two Farsi speakers. While much of the language is technical, it is clear that the Iranians are intent on concealing their nuclear military work behind legitimate civilian research. The fallout could be explosive, especially in Washington, where it is likely to invite questions about President Obama’s groundbreaking outreach to Iran. The papers provide the first evidence which suggests that Iran has pursued weapons studies after 2003 and may actively be doing so today — if the four-year plan continued as envisaged. A 2007 US National Intelligence Estimate concluded that weapons work was suspended in 2003 and officials said with “moderate confidence” that it had not resumed by mid-2007. Britain, Germany and France, however, believe that weapons work had already resumed by then. Western intelligence sources say that by 2003 Iran had already assembled the technical know-how it needed to build a bomb, but had yet to complete the necessary testing to be sure such a device would work. Iran also lacked sufficient fissile material to fuel a bomb and still does — although it is technically capable of producing weapons-grade uranium should its leaders take the political decision to do so. The documents detail a plan for tests to determine whether the device works — without detonating an explosion leaving traces of uranium detectable by the outside world. If such traces were found, they would be taken as irreversible evidence of Iran’s intention to become a nuclear-armed power. Experts say that, if the 2007 date is correct, the documents are the strongest indicator yet of a continuing nuclear weapons programme in Iran. Iran has long denied a military dimension to its nuclear programme, claiming its nuclear activities are solely focused on the production of energy for civilian use. Mr Fitzpatrick said: “Is this the smoking gun? That’s the question people should be asking. It looks like the smoking gun. This is smoking uranium.” *********************************************************************************************************************** Israel will ensure ‘survival’ against Iran threat: minister BRUSSELS, Oct 15 (AFP) Oct 15, 2009

Israel reserves the right to take whatever action is needed to survive in the face of Iran’s nuclear ambitions, the Jewish state’s far-right infrastructure minister, Uzi Landau, said. "We’ll take the actions that are necessary for our survival, we’ll do whatever is necessary at that time," he told AFP late Wednesday, expressing regret that EU nations did not see the Islamic republic as a major threat. "It is better not to talk now about the details" of any action, he said, amid concern that Iran is covertly building an atomic bomb as it develops a civil nuclear programme. "By the actions taken by most European governments you don’t see that the gravity of the situation has been understood," said Landau, from the far-right Yisrael Beitenu party. Israel considers Iran to be its arch-enemy after repeated statements by President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad that the Holocaust was a "myth" and that Israel must be "wiped off the map."

On Friday, an aide to supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei was quoted as saying that Iran will "blow up the heart" of Israel if attacked by the Jewish state or the United States. "Even if one American or Zionist missile hits our land, before the dust is settled, Iranian missiles will blow up the heart of Israel," his deputy representative to the elite Revolutionary Guards, Mojtaba Zolnour, said, according to state news agency IRNA. The United States and its regional ally Israel have never ruled out a military option to stop Tehran’s nuclear drive. **************************************************************************************************************************** Photos of Military Deaths in Afghanistan Banned

By Daryl Lang/Photo District News http://www.editorandpublisher.com/eandp/news/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1004022471 Published: October 15, 2009 1:37 PM ET NEW YORK The U.S. military in eastern Afghanistan recently changed its media embed rules to ban pictures of troops killed in the war. “Media will not be allowed to photograph or record video of U.S. personnel killed in action,” says a ground rules document issued Sept. 15 by Regional Command East at Bagram Air Field. This language is new. A version of the same document dated July 23 says, “Media will not be prohibited from covering casualties” as long as a series of conditions are met. Pictures of American military deaths are rare, but until now they have not been officially banned during either of the ongoing wars.

above photo "soldier killed in fallujah iraq 2004" The new language was added in early September, according to a military spokesperson, Master Sgt. Tom Clementson of Regional Command East Public Affairs. Clementson described it as “a clarification rather than a new rule.” “The clarification was added to ensure that service members’ privacy and propriety are maintained in situations where media have unique and intimate access as embedded reporters,” Clementson wrote by e-mail in response to questions. “While RC East does everything possible to accommodate an embedded reporters’ ability to cover the war in this region, there is also a command responsibility to account for the best interests of its service members.” The change occurred after the wide distribution of a photograph of a dying U.S. Marine. On Sept. 4, the Associated Press released a photo of a mortally wounded Marine in Afghanistan.

above photo "aftermath of an ied attack on US forces" The image, which was shot August 14 by AP photographer Julie Jacobson, was released as part of a package of stories and photos about the death of Lance Cpl. Joshua M. Bernard. Both U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert Gates and Bernard’s family had asked the AP not to release the photo. Few newspapers published the image, but it was widely circulated online. (The photograph can be viewed here.) Based on a review of other embed agreements, the ban issued in early September appears to be unique to the U.S. operation in eastern Afghanistan. The NATO-controlled International Security Assistance Force, which handles embeds elsewhere in Afghanistan, allows press photos of casualties as long as some conditions are met. For example, photos that identify a dead service member cannot be released before the service member’s next of kin have been notified of the death.

above photo "american soldier ramadi wounded by ied iraq 2006"

(The AP’s photo of Lance Cpl. Bernard was taken in Helmand province, which is outside of Regional Command East.) For Multi National Force-Iraq embeds, a ground rules document dated Aug. 14 contains restrictions on casualty images, but does not ban photos of killed-in-action casualties. The new Regional Command East rule drew little notice before Friday, when it was reported by the blog of the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press. It has since appeared on other blogs, including one from PDN sibling publication Editor & Publisher. The AP is aware of the change. “We have queried the Pentagon about the photo rules and have been told that the matter is being reviewed,” AP spokesperson Paul Colford said this week. Under the Obama administration, the Pentagon took one step toward making war casualties more visible to the press. In April, it began allowing photographers to cover the returns of remains at Dover Air Force Base in Delaware when next of kin give their consent. — Nielsen Business Media ********************************************************************************************************************** Associated Press says photo of Lance Cpl. Joshua Bernard shows realities of war Associated Press Posted: Sep 04, 2009 12:01 AM

NEW YORK — The Associated Press is distributing a photo of a Marine fatally wounded in battle, choosing after a period of reflection to make public an image that conveys the grimness of war and the sacrifice of young men and women fighting it. Lance Cpl. Joshua M. Bernard, 21, of New Portland, Maine, was struck by a rocket-propelled grenade in a Taliban ambush Aug. 14 in Helmand province of southern Afghanistan. The image shows fellow Marines helping Bernard after he suffered severe leg injuries. He was evacuated to a field hospital where he died on the operating table. The picture was taken by Associated Press photographer Julie Jacobson, who accompanied Marines on the patrol and was in the midst of the ambush during which Bernard was wounded. She had photographed Bernard on patrol earlier, and subsequently covered the memorial service held by his fellow Marines after his death. "AP journalists document world events every day. Afghanistan is no exception. We feel it is our journalistic duty to show the reality of the war there, however unpleasant and brutal that sometimes is," said Santiago Lyon, the director of photography for AP. He said Bernard’s death shows "his sacrifice for his country. Our story and photos report on him and his last hours respectfully and in accordance with military regulations surrounding journalists embedded with U.S. forces." Journalists embedded with U.S. forces in Afghanistan must sign a statement accepting a series of rules which among other things are designed to protect operational security and lives of the soldiers and Marines who are hosting them.

Critics also maintain some of the rules are aimed at sanitizing the war, minimizing the sacrifice and cruelty which were graphically depicted by images from the Civil War to Vietnam where such restrictions were not in place. The rule regarding coverage of "wounded, injured, and ill personnel" states that the "governing concerns" are "patient welfare, patient privacy and next of kin/family considerations." "Casualties may be covered by embedded media as long as the service member’s identity and unit identification is protected from disclosure until OASD-PA has officially released the name. Photography from a respectful distance or from angles at which a casualty cannot be identified is permissible; however, no recording of ramp ceremonies or remains transfers is permitted." Images of U.S. soldiers fallen in combat have been rare in Iraq and Afghanistan, partly because it is unusual for journalists to witness them and partly because military guidelines have barred the showing of photographs until after families have been notified. Jacobson, who was crouching under fire, took the picture from a distance with a long lens and did not interfere with Marines trying to assist Bernard. The AP waited until after Bernard’s burial in Madison, Maine, on Aug. 24 to distribute its story and the pictures. An AP reporter met with his parents, allowing them to see the images. Bernard’s father after seeing the image of his mortally wounded son said he opposed its publication, saying it was disrespectful to his son’s memory. John Bernard reiterated his viewpoint in a telephone call to the AP on Wednesday. "We understand Mr. Bernard’s anguish. We believe this image is part of the history of this war. The story and photos are in themselves a respectful treatment and recognition of sacrifice," said AP senior managing editor John Daniszewski. Jacobson, in a journal she kept, recalled Bernard’s ordeal as she lay in the dirt while Marines tried to save their comrade with bullets overhead. "The other guys kept telling him ‘Bernard, you’re doing fine, you’re doing fine. You’re gonna make it. Stay with me Bernard!’" As one Marine cradled Bernard’s head, fellow Marines rushed forward with a stretcher. Later, when she learned he had died, Jacobson thought about the pictures she had taken. "To ignore a moment like that simply … would have been wrong. I was recording his impending death, just as I had recorded his life moments before walking the point in the bazaar," she said. "Death is a part of life and most certainly a part of war. Isn’t that why we’re here? To document for now and for history the events of this war?" Later, she showed members of his squadron all the images taken that day and the Marines flipped through them on her computer one by one. "They did stop when they came to that moment," she said. "But none of them complained or grew angry about it. They understood that it was what it was. They understand, despite that he was their friend, it was the reality of things." http://hosted.ap.org/specials/interactives/_international/afghan_marine/index.html ************************************************************************************************************************ Report: Iran incapable of producing nuke within six to eight years

By Stephen C. Webster Sunday, October 18th, 2009 — 8:56 pm http://rawstory.com/2009/10/report-iran-incapable-producing-nuke-years/ A Washington Post report published Sunday is drawing a wave of cheers across the Internet for revealing what is being hailed as "the truth" about Iran’s nuclear program. Specifically, the report states that Iran is incapable of producing a nuclear bomb within the next six to eight years, turning on ear repeated claims in media that Iran is only a short time away from possessing such a weapon. "The regime’s most likely path to the bomb begins in Natanz, in central Iran, the site of the nuclear facility where over the past three years about 1,500 kilograms of uranium gas has been enriched to low levels," Joseph Cirincione wrote. "Iran could kick out U.N. inspectors, abandon the Non-Proliferation Treaty and reprocess the gas into highly enriched uranium in about six months; it would take at least six more months to convert that uranium into the metal form required for one bomb. Technical problems with both processes could stretch this period to three years. Finally, Iran would need perhaps five additional years — and several explosive tests — to develop a Hiroshima-yield bomb that could be fitted onto a ballistic missile."

William Hartung, writing for Talking Points Memo, called the report "tremendously useful," praising it as "the truth" about Iran’s program. "This means there is plenty of time to engage in smart diplomacy aimed at heading off this possibility," he wrote. "And since there’s no evidence that Iran is currently going full speed ahead towards a bomb, this timeline may be extended." "Even if it is determined that the Iranians have restarted weapons design work, however, it’s important to stress that there is still no evidence — and no, John Bolton’s op-eds don’t count as evidence — that Iran has decided to obtain a nuclear weapon, as opposed to breakout capacity," ThinkProgress writer Matt Duss noted. This is an extremely important distinction, one that Iran war advocates have consistently attempted to elide." However, it’s possible that none of the evidence about Iran’s much-debated nuclear program even matters. David Ignatius, writing in The Washington Post on Friday, raised the status of a Nucleonics Week report that claimed Iran’s low-enriched uranium was causing problems for its refineries. "This news strikes me as a potential bombshell," he opined. "If the Nucleonics Week report is accurate (and there’s some uncertainty among experts about how serious the contamination problem is), the Iranian nuclear program is in much worse shape than most analysts had realized. The contaminated fuel it has produced so far would be all but useless for nuclear weapons. To make enough fuel for a bomb, Iran might have to start over — this time avoiding the impurities."

In spite of this, U.S. intelligence officials are considering a rewrite of a 2007 National Intelligence Estimate that said Iran had abandoned pursuit of nuclear weapons in 2003, according to The Wall Street Journal. "So far, intelligence officials are not ‘ready to declare that invalid,’ a senior U.S. intelligence official said, emphasizing that the judgment covered the 2003-2007 time frame only," the paper reported. "That leaves room for a reassessment of the period since the December 2007 report was completed, the official suggested." The paper added that while Vice President Joe Biden and officials with the National Security Council have "expressed interest" in an updated N.I.E. on Iran’s nuclear program, no decision has been made. President Obama’s diplomatic efforts in dealing with Iran would be greatly complicated should the U.S. intelligence community conclude that Iran is once again working toward a nuclear weapon.

Nevertheless, "[the] real danger is not a nuclear-armed Iran but a Middle East with more nuclear-armed nations and unresolved territorial, economic and political disputes," the Post noted Sunday. "That is a recipe for disaster, and that is why there is no country-specific solution; we cannot play nuclear whack-a-mole. "A comprehensive plan must build barriers against acquiring nuclear weapons and must reduce the motivation to do so. This means dealing with the regional security and prestige issues that motivate most countries to start nuclear programs. It requires a global approach that deals with both sides of the nuclear coin: disarmament and proliferation. Reducing existing nuclear stockpiles creates the support needed to stop the spread of the weapons; stopping the spread creates the security needed to continue reductions. We must keep flipping that coin over. Each flip, each step, makes us a little safer." ******************************************************************************************************************* Iran vows revenge after claiming bomb attack was carried out by Britain

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/6372556/Iran-vows-revenge-after-claiming-bomb-attack-was-carried-out-by-Britain.html "The terrorists were trained in the neighbouring country by the Americans and British," General Mohammad Pakpour, head of the Guard’s ground forces, told state television. "The enemies of the Islamic Republic of Iran are unable to tolerate the unity in the country." Gen Pakpour, whose deputy Gen Nour Ali Shoushtari was the most senior officer killed in the attack, said there would be retribution. "The Guards will give a very harsh and crushing response to this group, so the group will never be able to launch another act like this in the country," he said. The Islamic regime in Iran regularly blames all opposition on America and Britain, but there have been claims outside the country for a number of years that the Bush administration provided funding to Jundullah, the militant group which claimed responsibility for the attack on Sunday. A suicide bomber detonated explosives at a sports hall in Sistani-Baluchistan province, near the Pakistan border, where the Guard officers were meeting tribal leaders, purportedly to promote ethnic unity. State television said today that at least 42 people died, including ten local tribal leaders and at least five senior Guard officers, and dozens were wounded. The injured were flown to the nearest hospitals more than 120 miles away. The meeting was said to be intended to win support against terrorism from the local Baluchi, Sunni Muslim minority, which Jundullah claims to represent. But the region is also a base for drugs and smuggling, banditry and kidnapping. Its closeness to both Pakistan and Afghanistan makes it a particularly sensitive area. Iran, Pakistan and its American backers all accuse each other of sponsoring terrorism across the Middle East and in Afghanistan in pursuit of their strategic goals. Gen Shoushtari as well as being deputy head of its ground forces was also senior in its al-Quds, or Jerusalem, Brigade. The brigade is the force’s special unit to oversee Iran’s foreign ventures and thus at the heart of what Washington says is Iran’s terror-supporting activities. Pakistani and Iranian relations have improved in recent years, but Iran claims that while the United States, and possibly Saudi Arabia, may have funded Jundullah, as they did with the Mujahidin in Afghanistan, the Pakistanis, or elements in its military, provide the logistics. On Sunday night, a senior Pakistani diplomat in Tehran was summoned and informed Iran had evidence the attacker came over the border. President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad claimed security agents in Pakistan were co-operating with the group. Pakistan’s government condemned the attack, and its foreign ministry denied being involved in terrorist activities. "We are striving to eradicate this menace," a spokesman said. The Pakistani military are themselves involved in an all-out offensive against the Taliban in South Waziristan. The United States also denied being involved in the attack, which the state department said it condemned. The Foreign Office also condemned the bombing. The attack threatened to overshadow a resumption of talks today on Iran’s nuclear programme. A spokesman for the Iranian Atomic Energy Agency denied that the negotiations with Russia, the United States and France would lead to an end to the country’s uranium enrichment programme. "Buying nuclear fuel from abroad does not mean Iran will stop its uranium enrichment activities inside the country," a spokesman said. The talks aim to cement a deal whereby enrichment to 20 per cent, the level needed to run nuclear power reactors, would be carried out abroad in return for guarantees Iran would not attempt further enrichment to the much higher levels needed for nuclear weapons. ************************************************************************************************************************ US denies involvement in Iran suicide attack Sun, 18 Oct 2009 18:38:23 GMT

US State Department Spokesman Ian Kelly Amid accusations of having played a role in a deadly suicide bombing in southeast Iran, the United States moves to deny any involvement in the terrorist attack. "We condemn this act of terrorism and mourn the loss of innocent lives," State Department Spokesman Ian Kelly said in a statement. "Reports of alleged US involvement are completely false." A suicide bomber blew himself up on Sunday at a unity meeting between Sunni and Shia tribal leaders in the borderline City of Pishin, near the Town of Sarbaz, in the borderline Province of Sistan-Baluchistan. The Jundullah terrorist group, led by Abdolmalek Rigi, claimed responsibility for the attack that killed several top regional security officials such as the provincial commanders of the Islamic Revolution Guards Corps (IRGC), including Brigadier Nour-Ali Shoushtari and Brigadier Rajab-Ali Mohammadzadeh. The explosion also claimed the lives of a group of tribal leaders and well-known local figures of both Shia and Sunni communities. The US reaction followed Sunday’s remarks by Iranian Parliament Speaker Ali Larijani who accused Washington of playing a role in the attack by invading and occupying Afghanistan, while Iran’s armed forces blamed Britain. "The regretful terrorist attack in Sistan-Baluchistan was the result of US action," Larijani said on Sunday. SF/MD ******************************************************************************************************************** 5 Revolutionary Guard Commanders Killed in Iran Bomb http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,568381,00.html?test=latestnews

A homicide bomber killed five senior commanders of Iran’s elite Revolutionary Guard and at least 37 others in an area of southeastern Iran that has been the focus of a growing Sunni insurgency. The official IRNA news agency said the dead included the deputy commander of the Guard’s ground force, Gen. Noor Ali Shooshtari, as well as a chief provincial Guard commander for the area, Rajab Ali Mohammadzadeh. The other dead were Guard members or local tribal leaders. More than two dozen others were wounded, state radio reported. The headquarters of Iran’s armed forces blamed the bombing on "terrorists" backed by "the Great Satan America and its ally Britain," Fars News Agency was quoted by Reuters. "Not in the distant future we will take revenge," Iran’s statement read, according to Reuters. Iran’s forces claim the country "will clear this region from terrorists and criminals." "The global arrogance, with the provocation of its local mercenaries, targeted the meeting of the Guard with local tribal leaders," said the Guard statement read out on state TV. The United States, however, condemned the attacks on Sunday and denied any involvement. "We condemn this act of terrorism and mourn the loss of innocent lives. Reports of alleged U.S. involvement are completely false," U.S. State Department spokesman Ian Kelly said in a brief statement. The Revoutionary Guard commanders were inside a car on their way to a meeting with local tribal leaders in the Pishin district near Iran’s border with Pakistan when an attacker with explosives blew himself up, IRNA said. Iran’s state-owned English language TV channel, Press TV, said there were two simultaneous explosions: one at the meeting and another targeting an additional convoy of Guards on their way to the gathering. The region’s top prosecutor was quoted by the semi-official ISNA news agency as saying the Sunni rebel group Jundallah claimed responsibility for the blast. There was no immediate statement directly from the group. The group accuses Iran’s Shiite-dominated government of persecution and has carried out attacks against the Revolutionary Guard and Shiite targets in the southeast. That campaign is one of several ethnic and religious small-scale insurgencies in Iran that have fueled sporadic and sometimes deadly attacks in recent years — though none have amounted to a serious threat to the government. The Guard commanders targeted Sunday were heading to a meeting with local tribal leaders to promote unity between the Shiite and Sunni Muslim communities. In April, Iran increased security in Sistan-Baluchistan Province, at the center of the tension, by placing it under the command of the Guard, which took over from local police forces. The 120,000-strong Revolutionary Guard controls Iran’s missile program and has its own ground, naval and air units. Iran’s parliamentary speaker, Ali Larijani, condemned the assassination of the Guard commanders, saying the bombing was aimed at disrupting security in southeastern Iran. "We express our condolences for their martyrdom. … The intention of the terrorists was definitely to disrupt security in Sistan-Baluchistan The Associated Press contributed to this report. ********************************************************************************************************************* Russia ‘needs to be’ ready for ‘large-scale conflicts’ Fri, 23 Oct 2009 01:43:48 GMT http://www.presstv.ir/detail.aspx?id=109378&sectionid=351020602

Russian missiles Secretary of Russia’s National Security Council Nikolai Patrushev says the country should be ready for "large-scale conflicts". "In 1993, we said that military conflicts have been ruled out, but life has shown this is not the case," AFP quoted Patrushev as saying on Thursday. "There have been regional and local conflicts, and we cannot rule out large-scale conflicts and we need to be ready for this," he added. Patrushev made the comments while discussing a new version of Russia’s military doctrine, which officials have been drafting in recent months. Last week, Patrushev said the new doctrine would allow Russia to carry out a "preventative" nuclear strike against would-be aggressors. ************************************************************************************************************************* NATO: ‘Iran poses threat to the whole world’ Senior NATO officials last week called Iran’s nuclear and missile programs "a potential threat to the peace and security of the entire world." The comments came in conversations with journalists during the meeting in Brussels last week of foreign ministers of North Atlantic Treaty Organization member states. Iran’s nuclear program is not at the top of NATO’s agenda. Most of the deliberations, as well as the press briefings, were focused on Afghanistan. Central to the discussion was the recent announcement by U.S. President Barack Obama of the decision to dispatch more American troops to that country. The international community’s efforts to pressure Iran into ceasing its nuclear ambitions is spearheaded by the United States, in cooperation with other permanent members of the UN Security Council and Germany. In closed talks, and in particular in response to questions raised by journalists from Persian Gulf states, where Iran is perceived as a direct threat, senior NATO officials acknowledged the gravity of the situation. One official said that if the Iranian nuclear issue is not resolved, "It may develop into a threat to the peace and security of the entire world, not only in a specific region [like the Persian Gulf or Israel]." When asked whether NATO would defend states in the event of an Iranian assault he said that the alliance is committed to providing support to all its members, but said, "However, we have other interests. In case of need, we shall take action as we see fit." In general the impression from a visit to NATO headquarters is that the organization’s diplomats are gradually coming around to the viewpoint and parameters of Washington regarding the potential threat posed by Iran. Three months ago, an official NATO spokesman was quoted by Germany’s dpa news agency as saying that missiles pose an increasing threat to Europe, partly due to Iran’s missile program. *********************************************************************************************************************** Madsen On RT: Israel likely to attack Iran? Recent Israeli military training exercises have raised fears that Israel could initiate an attack on Iran – potentially even a nuclear attack. Israel may be motivated by fears that Iran’s nuclear capabilities could soon surpass Israel’s. Can the U.S. use its influence to persuade Israel to avoid such a course of action? Priya Sridhar talks to investigative reporter Wayne Madsen. ********************************************************************************************************************** World’s patience with Iran is limited: White House WASHINGTON (Reuters) – The world is losing patience with Iran’s behavior over its nuclear program and Tehran will be responsible for the consequences if it fails to meet its obligations, the White House said on Friday. BARACK OBAMA Robert Gibbs, President Barack Obama’s chief spokesman, said a vote by the U.N. nuclear watchdog to rebuke Iran illustrated the "resolve and unity" of the international community over Iran’s nuclear program. The International Atomic Energy Agency’s board of governors voted 25-3 to censure Iran in a decision that gained rare backing from Russia and China, which have in the past blocked attempts to isolate Iran, a trade partner for both. "Our patience and that of the international community is limited, and time is running out," Gibbs said in a statement. "If Iran refuses to meet its obligations, then it will be responsible for its own growing isolation and the consequences." U.S. officials emphasized the IAEA’s vote showed a broad consensus among global powers. "The fact that 25 countries from all parts of the world cast their votes in favor shows the urgent need for Iran to address the growing international deficit of confidence in its intentions," Gibbs said. One U.S. official, speaking on the condition of anonymity, stressed that a "package of consequences" would result if Iran did not prove to be a serious partner in talks with world powers about its nuclear program. Western governments fear the program is aimed at producing nuclear weapons but Iran denies the charge. ‘CLEAR MESSAGE’ "We hope that the board of governors resolution reinforces the message that, you know, we’re committed to putting together a package of consequences if we don’t find a willing partner," the official told reporters. "We hope Iran takes note of that clear message." The U.S. envoy to the IAEA, Ambassador Glynn Davies, said in Vienna on Friday that international patience with Iran was running out and that "round after round" of fruitless talks could not continue. The U.S. official declined to be drawn on what sort of consequences were being contemplated, although British Prime Minister Gordon Brown said harsher sanctions could be on the way if Iran ignored the IAEA vote. Obama and European leaders have given Iran until the end of the year to begin talks on the nuclear stalemate. The U.S. official said Russia and China, along with other negotiators United States, Britain, France, and Germany, were agreed on what should happen next if Tehran fails to respond. "It is significant, as I said before, that both of those parties strongly supported this step in the board of governors," the official said, referring to Russia and China. "They are fully committed to a two-track strategy … we intend to take this very steadily and step by step." Another U.S. official said China — seen as the most reluctant of the five permanent members of the U.N. Security Council to sanction Iran — had played a useful role in the IAEA discussion and even suggested language that was included in the final resolution. "They had a certain degree of authorship," the official, also speaking on condition of anonymity, said, calling final passage of the resolution "very much a collective effort." (Additional reporting by David Alexander in Washington and Mark Heinrich in Vienna; editing by Mohammad Zargham) **********************************************************************************************************************

It is worth mentioning here that the US troops vacated posts in Paktika at the crucial time when operation “Rah-e-Nijat” was progressing well, again thus allowing fleeing militants space on Afghan soil to regroup and escape capture.
The Daily Mail’s findings indicate that the Xe-Services were also tasked to evacuate many RAW sponsored militants from the Balochistan province of Pakistan and all these “evacuated” militants and separatists are being dubbed as “missing people” by their families and courts back in Pakistan. These findings indicate that around three thousand, “evacuated” Pakistanis are being trained further by the operatives of RAW and the personnel of India’s Military Intelligence that are present in Afghanistan for more than five years. These findings further elaborate that RAW’s Special Operations Division Chief Chhota Rajan is personally supervising the training and facilitation process. These findings indicate that the evacuated militants are later reorganized and trained further at different camps that are being run under the joint supervision of Chhota Rajan and a senior Indian MI officer with the rank of Major General.


NKabul—While the Pakistan government continues to deny that the infamous private army of the United States, known as the Blackwaters or the Xe Services, Islamabad would defiantly be having no answer if questioned that in that case, how is it always possible for deeply injured, half dead commanders of the Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan etc, manage to be evacuated safely to US-run military facilities in Afghanistan after being hit hard back in the tribal belts of Pakistan and started resurfacing in the country where thousands of US led NATO/ISAF troops are apparently engaged in “Hot Pursuit” of the same militant elements, at least two such cases have recently surfaced, reveal the findings of The Daily Mail.
The Daily Mail’s findings reveal that at least 2 most wanted militant, being persuaded by the Pakistan Defence Forces in the tribal belt that connects the nuke powered Pakistan with the war ravaged Afghanistan, after being badly hit by the Pakistani troops, managed to get evacuated to Afghanistan in very safe and composed manner.
The Daily Mail’s findings indicate that the 2 Most Wanted militant Commanders including Maulvi Fazlullah and Qari Hussain were earlier reported to have been seriously injured during Pakistan Army’s anti militancy operation, code-named “Operation Rah-e-Rast” and their hideouts were destroyed by law enforcing agencies in Swat, were secretly taken to Afghanistan by the operatives of Blackwater’s or the Xe-Service and have recently surfaced in Afghanistan.
According to The Daily Mail’s investigations, Maulvi Fazaluallah is spotted residing in Kamdesh district of Nooristan along with 300 militants and other middle level Commanders. These finding also disclose that Maulvi Fazlullah had remained under treatment in a medical facility under US troops in Bagram airbase before he returned to Kamdesh district.
The Daily Mail’s findings indicate further that it is the same area where US troops vacated their posts with the intention of allowing the fleeing Pakistani militants space to regroup. His escape was made possible with the active support of the Afghan intelligence, financially supported by Indian Intelligence agency R&AW and executed by the operatives of Xe-Services while the Xe-Services also work for the Afghan drug mafia and warlords.

The Daily Mail’s investigations further reveal that similarly, the other militant Commander of Tehrik Taliban Pakistan Qari Hussain surfaced in Afghanistan soon after the launching of operation “Rah-e-Nijat” . These findings reveal that the Blackwaters or the Xe-Services even used the choppers to evacuate the top militant to Afghanistan. According to credible sources in South Waziristan (Pakistan’s tribal area) who requested not to be named, few helicopters were seen entering Pakistan territory from neighbouring Afghan province of Paktia, close to Pak-Afghan border which landed on Pakistani soil and evacuated Qari Hussain and a few others, then departed immediately towards Afghanistan. Some other sources have also reported spotting foreign helicopters in the area while the locals, when contacted also confirmed to have witnessing landing, take off and flying of helicopters in the aerial direction of the bordering Afghan province of Paktika and Paktia. A notable of Makeen (Resident), Abdul Samad Khan who attended local Jirga in area close to the border and stayed there for a few days, revealed that since start of military operation in South Waziristan, the helicopters traffic of USA/Afghan Government had increased manifold in the war zone for unknown reasons.
 
DAILY MAIL: BLACKWATER, US MILITARY WORKING FOR TALIBAN DRUG LORDS
January 23, 2010 by Gordon Duff
BLACKWATER/XE ACCUSED OF COMPLICITY IN TERRORISM AND WAR AGAINST US TROOPS
TOP TALIBAN MILITANTS RECEIVE MEDICAL CARE AT BAGRAM AIR FORCE BASE
From Sabrina Elkhani & Steve Nelson
Introduction and Editorial note: Gordon Duff, Senior Editor Veterans Today
Secretary of Defense Robert Gates has been briefed by the Pakistani Military High Command that they are being overwhelmed by highly trained and extremely well armed militants in the border regions and terrorists operating across the country. We have been told by the highest sources that Blackwater/Xe and other US based mercenary groups have been actively attacking police, military and intelligence organizations in Pakistan as part of operations under employment of the Government of India and their allies in Afghanistan, the drug lords, whose followers make up the key components of the Afghan army.
Investigations referenced in the Pakistan Daily Mail by abrina Elkani and Steve Nelson indicate that, rather than hunt terrorists who have been killing Americans, these groups have actually taken key militant leaders into Afghanistan where they are kept safe and even offered medical treatment by the United States military. Years ago, we all heard the rumor that Osama bin Laden had received care at a US hospital in Qatar after leaving Sudan to take over what we claim was the planning of 9/11. FBI transcripts verify that bin Laden, according to testimony by former FBI translator Sibel Edmonds, was working for the US at that time and had maintained contact with his CIA handlers through the fateful summer of 2001.
The Army of Pakistan has been regularly capturing advanced weapons of Indian manufacture from militants in the border region. India maintains 17 “consular” camps inside Pakistan, near the border, adjacent to Blackwater facilities, falsely designated as CIA or USAID stations. Pakistan claims these operations train Taliban soldiers and terrorists for operations against civilian targets in Pakistan. Thousands have died in Pakistan over recent months during these attacks. Pakistan also contents these same groups are, not only fighting the Pakistan military but the Americans as well.
General Stanley McChrystal had withdrawn American forces from key areas in Afghanistan across from enemy held regions under attack by the Army of Pakistan. We are now told that this allowed those areas to become safe havens for forces formerly operating in Pakistan, who are now enjoying the freedom and hospitality of, not only Afghanistan but are being ignored by the NATO forces in the region.
The untold story is the massive complicity of Americans with their private airline, now suspected in yet another war, not Vietnam, not Central America/Iran Contra but Afghanistan, for a third time, of smuggling narcotics. The pattern is impossible to ignore.
Read the list of accusations. Note that many of them have been corroborated from 5 or more sources already:
 
Obama’s War On Yemen
 
Besides waging direct or proxy wars on multiple fronts in Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Somalia, the Philippines, Sudan, Eastern Congo, elsewhere in Africa, and likely to erupt almost anywhere at any time, Yemen is now a new front in America’s “war on terror” under a president, who as a candidate, promised diplomacy, not conflict, if elected.
In 2008, he told the Boston Globe that:
“The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation.”
None exists, yet he’s done the opposite and much more. He:
– reinvented a “Cold War” with Russia;
– is encircling it and China with military bases, and proceeding with provocative plans to install interceptor missiles in Poland (for offense, not defense) and advanced tracking radar in the Czech Republic;
– escalated war in Afghanistan;
– appointed a hired gun assassin to lead it, General Stanley McChrystal, infamous for committing war crime atrocities as former head of the Pentagon’s Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC);
– authorized death squad assaults to pursue it, including extrajudicial assassinations, torture, and indiscriminate bombing of Afghan communities without regard for civilian lives;
– expanded the war into Pakistan and now to Yemen;
– is militarizing Latin America using Colombia and the Dutch islands of Aruba and Curazao to fly unmanned surveillance/attack drones over Venezuela and perhaps elsewhere in the region;
– plans to use Colombian insurgents to commit “false positive” border incidents blaming Venezuela as a pretext for a retaliatory attack, supported, of course, by Washington as a way to target and perhaps remove Hugo Chavez;
– failed to subvert Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s reelection; continues destabilization tactics for regime change; and may, preemptively without cause, attack Iran’s nuclear facilities;
– ousted the democratically elected Honduran president, installing a fascist regime to replace him;
– supports the worst of Israeli war crimes and oppression against Palestinians;
– governs America under police state laws to resist unrest if it arises in the wake of outlandish administration policies; and according to some
– plans a major false flag US attack to enlist popular support, divert attention from the deepening economic crisis, and provide a pretext for new fronts in the “war on terror” with unlimited funding to pursue them at the expense of neglected homeland needs.
Target Yemen

Journalist Patrick Cockburn calls Yemen:
“a dangerous place. Wonderfully beautiful, the mountainous north of the country is guerrilla paradise. The Yemenis are exceptionally hospitable….humorous, sociable and democratic, infinitely preferable as company to the arrogant ignorant playboys of the (rich regional) oil states.”
Sana’a is the capital, home to the central government and largest city, an ancient one dating back to the 6th century BC Sabaean dynasty. However, it’s power is limited, given the strength of tribes, clans, and influential families in a society very much a gun culture and prone to direct action.
On average, Yemenis own three guns per person in a nation of 21 million people, including one or more automatic weapons, like an AK-47 as well as heavier arms. Yemeni Professor Ahmed al-Kibsi once told a British reporter: “Just as you have your tie, the Yemeni will carry his gun,” and isn’t at all shy about using it.
As a result, Cockburn says “Yemen has all the explosive ingredients of Lebanon, Somalia, Iraq and Afghanistan,” so entang
 
Chavez accuses U.S. of sending spy plane into Venezuela’s airspace
www.chinaview.cn 2009-12-21 12:53:42 Print
CARACAS, Dec. 20 (Xinhua) — Venezuela’s President Hugo Chavez said Sunday a U.S. unmanned spy plane violated Venezuela’s airspace and he had ordered the military to shoot down similar aircraft in the future.
Chavez said in his weekly television and radio speech that the spy plane took off from Columbia and overflew a Venezuelan military base in the western state of Zulia. But he didn’t disclose the specific date of the violation.
The U.S. military sent the unmanned spy plane to Venezuela for espionage, he said.
Last May, Chavez declared that a U.S. patrol plane violated Venezuela’s airspace, though the United States said the patrol plane had "mistakenly entered" Venezuela’s airspace because of "navigation problem."
Neighboring Columbia signed a military cooperation agreement with the United States in October, allowing the U.S. to use seven military bases in Columbia, arousing Venezuela’s strong criticism.
Chavez said the agreement would pave the way for the U.S. to invade Venezuela, which both the U.S. and Columbia have denied.

War Pigs

Deformed babies in Fallujah Iraq LETTER TO THE UNITED NATIONS

H.E. Dr. Ali Abdussalam Treki President of the Sixty-fourth Session of the United Nations General Assembly United Nations New York, NY 10017 http://news.sky.com/skynews/video?videoSourceID=2018543 October 12th 2009 Your Excellency, RE DEFORMED BABIES IN FALLUJAH Young women in Fallujah in Iraq are terrified of having children because of the increasing number of babies born grotesquely deformed, with no heads, two heads, a single eye in their foreheads, scaly bodies or missing limbs. In addition, young children in Fallujah are now experiencing hideous cancers and leukaemias. These deformities are now well documented, for example in television documentaries on SKY UK on September 1 2009, and on SKY UK June 2008. Our direct contact with doctors in Fallujah report that: In September 2009, Fallujah General Hospital had 170 new born babies, 24% of whom were dead within the first seven days, a staggering 75% of the dead babies were classified as deformed. This can be compared with data from the month of August in 2002 where there were 530 new born babies of whom six were dead within the first seven days and only one birth defect was reported. Doctors in Fallujah have specifically pointed out that not only are they witnessing unprecedented numbers of birth defects but premature births have also considerably increased after 2003. But what is more alarming is that doctors in Fallujah have said, "a significant number of babies that do survive begin to develop severe disabilities at a later stage". As one of a number of doctors, scientists and those with deep concern for Iraq, Dr Chris Burns-Cox, a British hospital physician, wrote a letter to the Rt. Hon. Clare Short, M.P. asking about this situation. She wrote a letter to the Rt. Hon.Douglas Alexander, M.P. the Secretary of State of the Department for International Development (a post she had held before she resigned on a matter of principle in May 2003 ) asking for clarification of the position of deformed children in Fallujah. She received a reply dated 3rd September 2009 (two days after the Sky TV broadcast of 1st September 2009 ) from a junior minister, deputy to The Secretary of State, Mr. Gareth Thomas MP, Duty Minister, Department for International Development. In his reply he denies that there are more than two or three deformed babies in Fallujah in a year and asserts that there is, therefore, no problem. This is at wild variance with reports coming out of Fallujah. One grave digger of a single cemetery is burying four to five babies a day, most of which he says are deformed. Clare Short passed us a copy of this letter. It bears a remarkable similarity to three other written answers we have received over a four year period, in regard to child health and the use of depleted uranium. All these letters are based on lies and an aim to confuse the recipients. In her autobiography "Honorable Deception?" Clare Short says "The first instinct of Number 10 (Downing Street) is to lie." We regard the mendacity of Mr. Thomas’s letter, and of the other letters we have received, as extremely serious. These letters do not deal with minor matters of corruption, or taxes, but do deal with the use of armed forces and deadly weapons. The use of certain weapons has tremendous repercussions. Iraq will become a country, if it has not already done so, where it is advisable not to have children. Other countries will watch what has happened in Iraq, and imitate the Coalition Allies’ total disregard of the United Nations Charter, The Geneva, and Hague Conventions, and the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court. Some countries, such as Afghanistan, will also come to experience the very long term damage to the environment, measured in billions of years, and the devastating effect of depleted uranium and white phosphorous munitions. If, as we say in our letter to the Duty Minister of the Department for International Development, the UK Government clearly does not know the effects of the weapons it uses, nor, as a matter of policy, does "it do body counts", how can the UK Government judge whether it is conducting the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan according to International Law, especially in terms of "proportionality" and long term damage to the natural environment? How can the UK know about the illegality of the weapons systems it sells on the international market, such as the "Storm Shadow" missile, if the very Department of the Government that is supposed to assess the deaths and medical needs of children and adults in Iraq is not telling the truth. We request from the United Nations General Assembly the following: 1. To acknowledge that there is a serious problem regarding the unprecedented number of birth defects and cancer cases in Iraq specifically in Fallujah, Basra, Baghdad and Al – Najaf. 2. To set up an independent committee to conduct a full investigation into the problem of the increased number of birth defects and cancers in Iraq. 3. To implement the cleaning up of toxic materials used by the occupying forces including Depleted Uranium, and White Phosphorus. 4. To prevent children and adults entering contaminated areas to minimize exposure to these hazards. 5. To investigate whether war crimes, or crimes against humanity, have been committed, and thereby uphold the United Nations Charter, The Geneva and Hague Conventions, and The Rome Statute of The International Criminal Court. Please find enclosed a copy of our letter to Mr Gareth Thomas, dated 12th October 2009, and his letter to The Rt Hon Clare Short, M.P. dated 3rd September 2009, and enclosures relating to this matter. Yours faithfully, Dr Nawal Majeed Al-Sammarai ( Iraq Minister of Women’s Affairs 2006 -2009) Dr. David Halpin FRCS (Orthopaedic and Trauma Surgeon) Malak Hamdan M. Eng in Chemical and Bioprocess Engineering. Dr Chris Burns-Cox MD FRCP Dr. Haithem Alshaibani (Environmental Sciences) Yasmin Alibhai-Brown (Author and Journalist) Nicholas Wood MA, RIBA, FRGS Enclosures to follow by surface mail: 1: Copy of Sky Television Documentary 1 September 2009 "The Deformed Babies of Fallujah": 2: Copy of Sky Television Documentary June 2008 "The Deformed Babies of Fallujah". 3: Frieder Wagners’s film "Deadly Desert Dust" 2006. 4: Report by doctors in Fallujah 4 March 2008 " Prohibited Weapons Crisis" 5: Film the "Dying children of Iraq",compiled by Nicholas Wood. 6: US Army briefing on the use of White Phosphorous in Fallujah on "Shake and Bake Missions" 7: Report "Who Can Forgive the Crime of using Depleted Uranium Against Iraq and Humanity" by Dr Haithem Alshaibani, September 2009 . 8: Written Answer by Mr Hilary Benn, Secretary of State, Department for International Development to Parliamentary Question. 10 March 2005. 9: Letter by Mr Hilary Benn, Secretary of State, Department for International Development to The Independent, 20 January 2007, in reply to the 98 Doctors’ letter to the Prime Minister. 10:Letter by Rt.Hon. Des Browne, M.P. UK Former Minister of Defence to Rt. Hon. Tony Benn, November 2008 11: Black Country Coroner’s District ( Sandwell, Dudley.and Walsall: ) Coroner’s Report into death of Stuart Raymond Dyson. 18 September 2009. 12: Calculations of expected child abnormalities in a city the size of Cardiff or Fallujah using UK statistics , David Halpin FRCS Letter from Mr Gareth Thomas M.P. Duty Minister, Department for International Development, 3 September 2009 to Rt. Hon. Clare Short M.P. ************************************************************************************************************************ ‘US military spreading death’ Death rather than nation building – that’s what the U.S. army brought to Iraq and is bringing to Afghanistan according to former army sergeant and anti-war activist Matthis Chiroux. He shared his views on the U.S. military campaigns with RT’s Marina Portnaya. ************************************************************************************************************************ US, Israel refuse to ban cluster bombs

Some 100 nations begin putting their names to landmark humanitarian treaty banning cluster bombs. By Pierre-Henry Deshayes – OSLO Some 100 nations began putting their names Wednesday to a landmark treaty banning cluster bombs, amid calls for major arms producers such as China, Russia and the United States to join them. Norway — which played a key role in hammering out the worldwide ban on using, producing, transferring and stockpiling of cluster munitions — was the first country to sign the Convention on Cluster Munitions (CCM). "The world is a safer place today," said Richard Moyes of the Cluster Munitions Coalition, an umbrella group that comprises some 300 non-governmental organisations.

"This is the biggest humanitarian treaty of the last decade." Dropped from warplanes or fired from artillery guns, cluster bombs explode in mid-air to randomly scatter hundreds of bomblets, which can be just eight centimetres (three inches) big. Many bomblets fail to explode, littering war zones with de facto landmines that can kill and maim long after a conflict ends.

Worldwide, about 100,000 people have been killed or maimed by cluster bombs since 1965, 98 percent of them civilians, says Handicap International, a campaign group. More than a quarter of the victims are children who mistaken the bomblets for toys or tin cans. Laos, the country most affected by cluster bombs, was the second to sign Wednesday’s treaty at Oslo city hall. Between 1964 and 1973, the US Air Force dropped 260 million cluster bombs on Laos, or the equivalent of a fully-loaded B-52 bomber’s payload dropped every eight minutes for nine years.

Over two days, around 100 countries — including Britain, Canada, France and Germany — are to sign the treaty that was finalised in Dublin in May. But the world’s biggest producers and users of cluster bombs — including China, India, Israel, Pakistan, Russia and the United States — object to the ban and refuse to sign it. Washington reiterated its opposition Tuesday. "Although we share the humanitarian concerns of states signing the CCM, we will not be joining them," the US State Department said in a statement when asked for its views on the Oslo signing ceremony. "The CCM constitutes a ban on most types of cluster munitions; such a general ban on cluster munitions will put the lives of our military men and women, and those of our coalition partners, at risk."

Despite the absence of key countries, opponents of cluster bombs say the treaty — also known as the Oslo Convention — should help stigmatise the use of such weapons even by non-signatory countries. "The treaty places moral obligations on all states not to use cluster munitions," Norwegian Prime Minister Jens Stoltenberg said. The Cluster Munitions Coalition shared in his optimism. "The treaty will increase the political cost of using these weapons for any country," Moyes said. "Even countries that don’t sign will struggle to use these weapons in the future."

The group is hopeful that the US position will shift once president-elect Barack Obama moves into the White House on January 20. In 2006, Obama voted in the US Senate to ban the use of cluster munitions in heavily populated areas, but in the end the motion was rejected. ******************************************************************************************************************* Two NATO commanders wore Nazi regalia in Afghanistan Wed, 25 Nov 2009 02:22:38 GMT PressTV

Two Czech soldiers wore helmets with SS symbols during their deployment in Afghanistan. It has just been discovered that two commanders of the Czech military working under NATO command used Nazi symbols on their helmets during their deployment in Afghanistan. The story was made public after Czech police serving in Afghanistan reported the case, the Russia Today website reported on Tuesday. According to the daily Mlada fronta Dnes, the soldiers, identified as Hynek Matonoha and Jan Cermak, wore the symbols of the 9th SS panzer division Hohenstaufen and the SS Dirlewanger brigade respectively, which were probably the most infamous SS combat units of World War II. Unaware of their sordid actions, Czech Defense Minister Martin Bartak decorated the soldiers for bravery on Friday after their return from Afghanistan. Later, the minister said that at the time, he had not yet learned about the helmet controversy, which has caused quite a stir among the country’s armed forces. A specialist in extremism, Michal Mazel, has rejected the excuse given by one of the men, who said that he had unintentionally used the symbols. “He is an elite troop who graduated from university, he is no teenager. The SS symbols on their helmets show a totally perverse view of the world of the NATO military’s elite troop,” Russia Today quoted Mazel as saying. Anti-violence activists say the case with the soldiers is nothing new for the Czech Republic. “There were several attacks on Roma and other communities in recent years, and these problems in our army, of course, shocked all Czech people,” said Ivona Novomestska, spokesperson for an anti-violence movement. Petr Prochazka, the commander of the Czech contingent in Afghanistan’s Logar province, had ordered that any photographs showing the controversial helmet covers be burnt. After the facts came out, the commanders were immediately suspended, and they will be facing disciplinary action for their conduct. JR/HGL *******************************************************************************************************************

Military Men Speak

A sign of empire pathology More US military personnel have taken their own lives than have died in action By Finian Cunningham , Posted on » Tuesday, January 12, 2010 Gulf Daily News Here is a shocking statistic that you won’t hear in most western news media: over the past nine years, more US military personnel have taken their own lives than have died in action in either the wars in Iraq or Afghanistan. These are official figures from the US Department of Defence, yet somehow they have not been deemed newsworthy to report. Last year alone, more than 330 serving members of the US armed forces committed suicide – more than the 320 killed in Afghanistan and the 150 who fell in Iraq (see wsws.org). Since 2001, when Washington launched its so-called war on terror, there has been a dramatic year-on-year increase in US military suicides, particularly in the army, which has borne the brunt of fighting abroad. Last year saw the highest total number since such records began in 1980. Prior to 2001, the suicide rate in the US military was lower than that for the general US population; now, it is nearly double the national average. A growing number of these victims have been deployed in Iraq or Afghanistan. What these figures should tell us is that there is something fundamentally deranged about Washington’s "war on terror" – which is probably why western news media prefer to ignore the issue. How damning is it about such military campaigns that the number of US soldiers who take their own lives outnumber those killed by enemy combatants. What is even more disturbing is that the official figures only count victims of suicide among serving personnel. Not included are the many more veterans – officially classed a civilians – who take their own lives. Most likely, these deaths are reported in some small-town newspaper in "a brief" news item with no context or background as to what drove these individuals to take their own lives. It is estimated that the suicide rate among veterans demobbed from fighting in Afghanistan and Iraq is as high as four times the national average. The US Department of Veteran Affairs calculates that over 6,000 former service personnel commit suicide every year. Many of these men have come home to a country they have fought for only to find no jobs, their homes repossessed by banks that have enjoyed trillion-dollar bailouts and broken relationships. Meanwhile, President Obama – the erstwhile peace candidate – has taken on the role of Commander in Chief with gusto, telling his countrymen and women that they are fighting a "just war" to "defend American lives". Only a year ago, he was campaigning for the presidency on a ticket to end such wars. Now, more than his predecessor, George W Bush, Obama is committing to wars without end. How soul-destroying is that for a grunt holed up in a bunker, with his young family back home probably telling him that they have just signed up for food stamps? In their guts, these US soldiers must know – as many other ordinary people around the world do – that these wars are nothing but a desperate, pathological bid by a dying power to salvage its crumbling empire – an empire that enriches a tiny elite and impoverishes the majority. Is it any wonder that many of them simply lose the will to live? *************************************************************************************************************************** American troops in Afghanistan losing heart, say army chaplains Martin Fletcher at Forward Operating Base in Wardak province Picture: Peter Nicholls

American soldiers serving in Afghanistan are depressed and deeply disillusioned, according to the chaplains of two US battalions that have spent nine months on the front line in the war against the Taleban. Many feel that they are risking their lives — and that colleagues have died — for a futile mission and an Afghan population that does nothing to help them, the chaplains told The Times in their makeshift chapel on this fortress-like base in a dusty, brown valley southwest of Kabul. “The many soldiers who come to see us have a sense of futility and anger about being here. They are really in a state of depression and despair and just want to get back to their families,” said Captain Jeff Masengale, of the 10th Mountain Division’s 2-87 Infantry Battalion. “They feel they are risking their lives for progress that’s hard to discern,” said Captain Sam Rico, of the Division’s 4-25 Field Artillery Battalion. “They are tired, strained, confused and just want to get through.” The chaplains said that they were speaking out because the men could not. The base is not, it has to be said, obviously downcast, and many troops do not share the chaplains’ assessment. The soldiers are, by nature and training, upbeat, driven by a strong sense of duty, and they do their jobs as best they can. Re-enlistment rates are surprisingly good for the 2-87, though poor for the 4-25. Several men approached by The Times, however, readily admitted that their morale had slumped. “We’re lost — that’s how I feel. I’m not exactly sure why we’re here,” said Specialist Raquime Mercer, 20, whose closest friend was shot dead by a renegade Afghan policeman last Friday. “I need a clear-cut purpose if I’m going to get hurt out here or if I’m going to die.” Sergeant Christopher Hughes, 37, from Detroit, has lost six colleagues and survived two roadside bombs. Asked if the mission was worthwhile, he replied: “If I knew exactly what the mission was, probably so, but I don’t.” The only soldiers who thought it was going well “work in an office, not on the ground”. In his opinion “the whole country is going to s***”. The battalion’s 1,500 soldiers are nine months in to a year-long deployment that has proved extraordinarily tough. Their goal was to secure the mountainous Wardak province and then to win the people’s allegiance through development and good governance. They have, instead, found themselves locked in an increasingly vicious battle with the Taleban. They have been targeted by at least 300 roadside bombs, about 180 of which have exploded. Nineteen men have been killed in action, with another committing suicide. About a hundred have been flown home with amputations, severe burns and other injuries likely to cause permanent disability, and many of those have not been replaced. More than two dozen mine-resistant, ambush-protected vehicles (MRAPs) have been knocked out of action. Living conditions are good — abundant food, air-conditioned tents, hot water, free internet — but most of the men are on their second, third or fourth tours of Afghanistan and Iraq, with barely a year between each. Staff Sergeant Erika Cheney, Airborne’s mental health specialist, expressed concern about their mental state — especially those in scattered outposts — and believes that many have mild post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). “They’re tired, frustrated, scared. A lot of them are afraid to go out but will still go,” she said. Lieutenant Peter Hjelmstad, 2-87’s Medical Platoon Leader, said sleeplessness and anger attacks were common. A dozen men have been confined to desk jobs because they can no longer handle missions outside the base. One long-serving officer who has lost three friends this tour said he sometimes returned to his room at night and cried, or played war games on his laptop. “It’s a release. It’s a method of coping.” He has nightmares and sleeps little, and it does not help that the base is frequently shaken by outgoing artillery fire. He was briefly overcome as he recalled how, when a lorry backfired during his most recent home leave, he grabbed his young son and dived between two parked cars. The chaplains said soldiers were seeking their help in unprecedented numbers. “Everyone you meet is just down, and you meet them everywhere — in the weight room, dining facility, getting mail,” said Captain Rico. Even “hard men” were coming to their tent chapel and breaking down. The men are frustrated by the lack of obvious purpose or progress. “The soldiers’ biggest question is: what can we do to make this war stop. Catch one person? Assault one objective? Soldiers want definite answers, other than to stop the Taleban, because that almost seems impossible. It’s hard to catch someone you can’t see,” said Specialist Mercer. “It’s a very frustrating mission,” said Lieutenant Hjelmstad. “The average soldier sees a friend blown up and his instinct is to retaliate or believe it’s for something [worthwhile], but it’s not like other wars where your buddy died but they took the hill. There’s no tangible reward for the sacrifice. It’s hard to say Wardak is better than when we got here.” Captain Masengale, a soldier for 12 years before he became a chaplain, said: “We want to believe in a cause but we don’t know what that cause is.” The soldiers are angry that colleagues are losing their lives while trying to help a population that will not help them. “You give them all the humanitarian assistance that they want and they’re still going to lie to you. They’ll tell you there’s no Taleban anywhere in the area and as soon as you roll away, ten feet from their house, you get shot at again,” said Specialist Eric Petty, from Georgia. Captain Rico told of the disgust of a medic who was asked to treat an insurgent shortly after pulling a colleague’s charred corpse from a bombed vehicle. The soldiers complain that rules of engagement designed to minimise civilian casualties mean that they fight with one arm tied behind their backs. “They’re a joke,” said one. “You get shot at but can do nothing about it. You have to see the person with the weapon. It’s not enough to know which house the shooting’s coming from.” The soldiers joke that their Isaf arm badges stand not for International Security Assistance Force but “I Suck At Fighting” or “I Support Afghan Farmers”. To compound matters, soldiers are mainly being killed not in combat but on routine journeys, by roadside bombs planted by an invisible enemy. “That’s very demoralising,” said Captain Masengale. The constant deployments are, meanwhile, playing havoc with the soldiers’ private lives. “They’re killing families,” he said. “Divorces are skyrocketing. PTSD is off the scale. There have been hundreds of injuries that send soldiers home and affect families for the rest of their lives.” The chaplains said that many soldiers had lost their desire to help Afghanistan. “All they want to do is make it home alive and go back to their wives and children and visit the families who have lost husbands and fathers over here. It comes down to just surviving,” said Captain Masengale. “If we make it back with ten toes and ten fingers the mission is successful,” Sergeant Hughes said. “You carry on for the guys to your left or right,” added Specialist Mercer. The chaplains have themselves struggled to cope with so much distress. “We have to encourage them, strengthen them and send them out again. No one comes in and says, ‘I’ve had a great day on a mission’. It’s all pain,” said Captain Masengale. “The only way we’ve been able to make it is having each other.” Lieutenant-Colonel Kimo Gallahue, 2-87’s commanding officer, denied that his men were demoralised, and insisted they had achieved a great deal over the past nine months. A triathlete and former rugby player, he admitted pushing his men hard, but argued that taking the fight to the enemy was the best form of defence. He said the security situation had worsened because the insurgents had chosen to fight in Wardak province, not abandon it. He said, however, that the situation would have been catastrophic without his men. They had managed to keep open the key Kabul-to-Kandahar highway which dissects Wardak, and prevent the province becoming a launch pad for attacks on the capital, which is barely 20 miles from its border. Above all, Colonel Gallahue argued that counter-insurgency — winning the allegiance of the indigenous population through security, development and good governance — was a long and laborious process that could not be completed in a year. “These 12 months have been, for me, laying the groundwork for future success,” he said. At morning service on Sunday, the two chaplains sought to boost the spirits of their flock with uplifting hymns, accompanied by video footage of beautiful lakes, oceans and rivers. Captain Rico offered a particularly apposite reading from Corinthians: “We are afflicted in every way but not crushed; perplexed but not driven to despair; persecuted but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed.”

Carson soldiers say Iraq horrors led to crimes The Associated Press Posted : Tuesday Jul 28, 2009 8:02:27 EDT COLORADO SPRINGS, Colo. — Soldiers from an Army unit that had 10 infantrymen accused of murder, attempted murder or manslaughter after returning to civilian life described a breakdown in discipline during their Iraq deployment in which troops murdered civilians, a newspaper reported Sunday. Some Fort Carson, Colo.-based soldiers have had trouble adjusting to life back in the United States, saying they refused to seek help, or were belittled or punished for seeking help. Others say they were ignored by their commanders, or coped through drug and alcohol abuse before they allegedly committed crimes, The Gazette of Colorado Springs said. The Gazette based its report on months of interviews with soldiers and their families, medical and military records, court documents and photographs. Several soldiers said unit discipline deteriorated while in Iraq. “Toward the end, we were so mad and tired and frustrated,” said Daniel Freeman. “You came too close, we lit you up. You didn’t stop, we ran your car over with the Bradley,” an armored fighting vehicle. With each roadside bombing, soldiers would fire in all directions “and just light the whole area up,” said Anthony Marquez, a friend of Freeman in the 1st Battalion, 9th Infantry Regiment. “If anyone was around, that was their fault. We smoked ’em.” Taxi drivers got shot for no reason, and others were dropped off bridges after interrogations, said Marcus Mifflin, who was eventually discharged with post traumatic stress syndrome. “You didn’t get blamed unless someone could be absolutely sure you did something wrong,” he said. Soldiers interviewed by The Gazette cited lengthy deployments, being sent back into battle after surviving war injuries that would have been fatal in previous conflicts, and engaging in some of the bloodiest combat in Iraq. The soldiers describing those experiences were part of the 3,500-soldier unit now called the 4th Infantry Division’s 4th Brigade Combat Team. Since 2005, some brigade soldiers also have been involved in brawls, beatings, rapes, DUIs, drug deals, domestic violence, shootings, stabbings, kidnapping and suicides. The unit was deployed for a year to Iraq’s Sunni Triangle in September 2004. Sixty-four unit soldiers were killed and more than 400 wounded — about double the average for Army brigades in Iraq, according to Fort Carson. In 2007, the unit served a bloody 15-month mission in Baghdad. It’s currently deployed to the Khyber Pass region in Afghanistan. Marquez was the first in his brigade to kill someone after an Iraq tour. In 2006, he used a stun gun to shock a drug dealer in Widefield, Colo., in a dispute over a marijuana sale, then shot and killed him. Marquez’s mother, Teresa Hernandez, warned Marquez’s sergeant at Fort Carson her son was showing signs of violent behavior, abusing alcohol and pain pills and carrying a gun. “I told them he was a walking time bomb,” she said. Hernandez said the sergeant later taunted Marquez about her phone call. “If I was just a guy off the street, I might have hesitated to shoot,” Marquez told The Gazette in the Bent County Correctional Facility, where he is serving a 30-year prison term. “But after Iraq, it was just natural.” The Army trains soldiers to be that way, said Kenneth Eastridge, an infantry specialist serving 10 years for accessory to murder. “The Army pounds it into your head until it is instinct: Kill everybody, kill everybody,” he said. “And you do. Then they just think you can just come home and turn it off.” Both soldiers were wounded, sent back into action and saw friends and officers killed in their first deployment. On numerous occasions, explosions shredded the bodies of civilians, others were slain in sectarian violence — and the unit had to bag the bodies. “Guys with drill bits in their eyes,” Eastridge said. “Guys with nails in their heads.” Last week, the Army released a study of soldiers at Fort Carson that found that the trauma of fierce combat and soldier refusals or obstacles to seeking mental health care may have helped drive some to violence at home. It said more study is needed. While most unit soldiers coped post-deployment, a handful went on to kill back home in Colorado. Many returning soldiers did seek counseling. “We’re used to seeing people who are depressed and want to hurt themselves. We’re trained to deal with that,” said Davida Hoffman, director of the privately operated First Choice Counseling Center in Colorado Springs. “But these soldiers were depressed and saying, ‘I’ve got this anger, I want to hurt somebody.’ We weren’t accustomed to that.” At Fort Carson, Eastridge and other soldiers said they lied during an Army screening about their deployment that was designed to detect potential behavioral problems. Sergeants sometimes refused to let soldiers get PTSD help or taunted them, said Andrew Pogany, a former Fort Carson special forces sergeant who investigates complaints for the advocacy group Veterans for America. Soldier John Needham described a number of alleged crimes in a December 2007 letter to the Inspector General’s Office of Fort Carson. In the letter, obtained by The Gazette, Needham said that a sergeant shot a boy riding a bicycle down the street for no reason. Another sergeant shot a man in the head while questioning him, lashed the man’s body to his Humvee and drove around the neighborhood. Needham also claimed sergeants removed victims’ brains. The Army’s criminal investigation division interviewed unit soldiers and said it couldn’t substantiate the allegations. The Army has declared soldiers’ mental health a top priority. “When we see a problem, we try to identify it and really learn what we can do about it. That is what we are trying to do here,” said Maj. Gen. Mark Graham, Fort Carson’s commander. “There is a culture and a stigma that needs to change.” Fort Carson officers are trained to help troops showing stress signs, and the base has doubled its number of behavioral-health counselors. Soldiers seeing an Army doctor for any reason undergo a mental health evaluation. ***************************************************************************************************************** Ex-CIA agent confirms US ties with Jundullah Sat, 24 Oct 2009 02:37:41 GMT

A former Central Intelligence Agency officer has confirmed US’ relations with the terrorist group Jundullah, despite the CIA knowing that the group has close links with the al-Qaeda. "American intelligence has also had contact with Jundullah. But that contact, as Iran almost certainly knows, was confined to intelligence-gathering on the country," Robert Baer, a former Middle East CIA field officer wrote on the Time.com, IRNA reported early on Saturday. However, he noted that the US-Jundullah relationship "was never formalized, and contact was sporadic." The news comes amid US denial of any involvement in a recent terrorist attack in Sistan-Baluchestan province in southeastern Iran, which Jundullah claimed responsibility for. "I’ve been told that the Bush Administration at one point considered Jundullah as a piece in a covert-action campaign against Iran, but the idea was quickly dropped because Jundullah was judged uncontrollable and too close to al-Qaeda. There was no way to be certain that Jundullah would not throw the bombs we paid for back at us," said the former CIA agent who is a columnist in the weekly, and very probably an advisor in the Middle East. Baer also noted that Pakistan’s intelligence agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), has had relations with the Jundullah leader, Abdolmalek Rigi.

"Pakistani intelligence has indeed had contact with Jundullah over the years, but there’s no good evidence that Pakistan created Jundullah from scratch. And there’s certainly no evidence that Pakistan ordered the attack," Baer said in reference to the terrorist attack that took place in Iran on Sunday, October 18, which killed 42 people including the Islamic Revolution Guards Corps commanders. "In fact, Pakistani intelligence over the past few years has been arresting Jundullah members and turning them over to Iran," he claimed. This is while earlier on Friday, Iran’s Defense Minister Brigadier General Ahmad Vahidi vowed to do everything in his power to hunt down the Jundullah terrorists and bring them to justice. "This very incident unveiled the true nature of those who call themselves the pioneer in ‘war on terrorism’," he said in reference to the United States. A number of leading newspapers in the West, such as The Sunday Telegraph, have also declared Jundullah to be a CIA brainchild engineered to achieve the longstanding US goal of "regime change in Iran." Iran’s Interior Minister, Mustafa Mohammad Najjar, is currently in Islamabad to ask Pakistani officials to hand over Abdolmalek Rigi and assist Iran on cracking down on his terrorist group. RZS/SS/MMA ************************************************************************************************************************ War Is A Racket

By Major General Smedley Darlington Butler Born: West Chester, Pa., July 30, 1881 Educated: Haverford School Married: Ethel C. Peters, of Philadelphia, June 30, 1905 Awarded two congressional medals of honor: Capture of Vera Cruz, Mexico, 1914 Capture of Ft. Riviere, Haiti, 1917 Distinguished service medal, 1919 Major General – United States Marine Corps Retired Oct. 1, 1931 On leave of absence to act as director of Dept. of Safety, Philadelphia, 1932 Lecturer — 1930’s Republican Candidate for Senate, 1932 Died at Naval Hospital, Philadelphia, June 21, 1940 For more information about Major General Butler, contact the United States Marine Corps. Contents Chapter 1: War Is A Racket Chapter 2: Who Makes The Profits? Chapter 3: Who Pays The Bills? Chapter 4: How To Smash This Racket! Chapter 5: To Hell With War! CHAPTER ONE War Is A Racket WAR is a racket. It always has been. It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives. A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small "inside" group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes. In the World War [I] a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns no one knows. How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle? Out of war nations acquire additional territory, if they are victorious. They just take it. This newly acquired territory promptly is exploited by the few — the selfsame few who wrung dollars out of blood in the war. The general public shoulders the bill. And what is this bill? This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones. Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Depression and all its attendant miseries. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations. For a great many years, as a soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it. Now that I see the international war clouds gathering, as they are today, I must face it and speak out. Again they are choosing sides. France and Russia met and agreed to stand side by side. Italy and Austria hurried to make a similar agreement. Poland and Germany cast sheep’s eyes at each other, forgetting for the nonce [one unique occasion], their dispute over the Polish Corridor. The assassination of King Alexander of Jugoslavia [Yugoslavia] complicated matters. Jugoslavia and Hungary, long bitter enemies, were almost at each other’s throats. Italy was ready to jump in. But France was waiting. So was Czechoslovakia. All of them are looking ahead to war. Not the people — not those who fight and pay and die — only those who foment wars and remain safely at home to profit. There are 40,000,000 men under arms in the world today, and our statesmen and diplomats have the temerity to say that war is not in the making. Hell’s bells! Are these 40,000,000 men being trained to be dancers? Not in Italy, to be sure. Premier Mussolini knows what they are being trained for. He, at least, is frank enough to speak out. Only the other day, Il Duce in "International Conciliation," the publication of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said: "And above all, Fascism, the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite apart from political considerations of the moment, believes neither in the possibility nor the utility of perpetual peace. . . . War alone brings up to its highest tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the people who have the courage to meet it." Undoubtedly Mussolini means exactly what he says. His well-trained army, his great fleet of planes, and even his navy are ready for war — anxious for it, apparently. His recent stand at the side of Hungary in the latter’s dispute with Jugoslavia showed that. And the hurried mobilization of his troops on the Austrian border after the assassination of Dollfuss showed it too. There are others in Europe too whose sabre rattling presages war, sooner or later. Herr Hitler, with his rearming Germany and his constant demands for more and more arms, is an equal if not greater menace to peace. France only recently increased the term of military service for its youth from a year to eighteen months. Yes, all over, nations are camping in their arms. The mad dogs of Europe are on the loose. In the Orient the maneuvering is more adroit. Back in 1904, when Russia and Japan fought, we kicked out our old friends the Russians and backed Japan. Then our very generous international bankers were financing Japan. Now the trend is to poison us against the Japanese. What does the "open door" policy to China mean to us? Our trade with China is about $90,000,000 a year. Or the Philippine Islands? We have spent about $600,000,000 in the Philippines in thirty-five years and we (our bankers and industrialists and speculators) have private investments there of less than $200,000,000. Then, to save that China trade of about $90,000,000, or to protect these private investments of less than $200,000,000 in the Philippines, we would be all stirred up to hate Japan and go to war — a war that might well cost us tens of billions of dollars, hundreds of thousands of lives of Americans, and many more hundreds of thousands of physically maimed and mentally unbalanced men. Of course, for this loss, there would be a compensating profit — fortunes would be made. Millions and billions of dollars would be piled up. By a few. Munitions makers. Bankers. Ship builders. Manufacturers. Meat packers. Speculators. They would fare well. Yes, they are getting ready for another war. Why shouldn’t they? It pays high dividends. But what does it profit the men who are killed? What does it profit their mothers and sisters, their wives and their sweethearts? What does it profit their children? What does it profit anyone except the very few to whom war means huge profits? Yes, and what does it profit the nation? Take our own case. Until 1898 we didn’t own a bit of territory outside the mainland of North America. At that time our national debt was a little more than $1,000,000,000. Then we became "internationally minded." We forgot, or shunted aside, the advice of the Father of our country. We forgot George Washington’s warning about "entangling alliances." We went to war. We acquired outside territory. At the end of the World War period, as a direct result of our fiddling in international affairs, our national debt had jumped to over $25,000,000,000. Our total favorable trade balance during the twenty-five-year period was about $24,000,000,000. Therefore, on a purely bookkeeping basis, we ran a little behind year for year, and that foreign trade might well have been ours without the wars. It would have been far cheaper (not to say safer) for the average American who pays the bills to stay out of foreign entanglements. For a very few this racket, like bootlegging and other underworld rackets, brings fancy profits, but the cost of operations is always transferred to the people — who do not profit. CHAPTER TWO Who Makes The Profits? The World War, rather our brief participation in it, has cost the United States some $52,000,000,000. Figure it out. That means $400 to every American man, woman, and child. And we haven’t paid the debt yet. We are paying it, our children will pay it, and our children’s children probably still will be paying the cost of that war. The normal profits of a business concern in the United States are six, eight, ten, and sometimes twelve percent. But war-time profits — ah! that is another matter — twenty, sixty, one hundred, three hundred, and even eighteen hundred per cent — the sky is the limit. All that traffic will bear. Uncle Sam has the money. Let’s get it. Of course, it isn’t put that crudely in war time. It is dressed into speeches about patriotism, love of country, and "we must all put our shoulders to the wheel," but the profits jump and leap and skyrocket — and are safely pocketed. Let’s just take a few examples: Take our friends the du Ponts, the powder people — didn’t one of them testify before a Senate committee recently that their powder won the war? Or saved the world for democracy? Or something? How did they do in the war? They were a patriotic corporation. Well, the average earnings of the du Ponts for the period 1910 to 1914 were $6,000,000 a year. It wasn’t much, but the du Ponts managed to get along on it. Now let’s look at their average yearly profit during the war years, 1914 to 1918. Fifty-eight million dollars a year profit we find! Nearly ten times that of normal times, and the profits of normal times were pretty good. An increase in profits of more than 950 per cent. Take one of our little steel companies that patriotically shunted aside the making of rails and girders and bridges to manufacture war materials. Well, their 1910-1914 yearly earnings averaged $6,000,000. Then came the war. And, like loyal citizens, Bethlehem Steel promptly turned to munitions making. Did their profits jump — or did they let Uncle Sam in for a bargain? Well, their 1914-1918 average was $49,000,000 a year! Or, let’s take United States Steel. The normal earnings during the five-year period prior to the war were $105,000,000 a year. Not bad. Then along came the war and up went the profits. The average yearly profit for the period 1914-1918 was $240,000,000. Not bad. There you have some of the steel and powder earnings. Let’s look at something else. A little copper, perhaps. That always does well in war times. Anaconda, for instance. Average yearly earnings during the pre-war years 1910-1914 of $10,000,000. During the war years 1914-1918 profits leaped to $34,000,000 per year. Or Utah Copper. Average of $5,000,000 per year during the 1910-1914 period. Jumped to an average of $21,000,000 yearly profits for the war period. Let’s group these five, with three smaller companies. The total yearly average profits of the pre-war period 1910-1914 were $137,480,000. Then along came the war. The average yearly profits for this group skyrocketed to $408,300,000. A little increase in profits of approximately 200 per cent. Does war pay? It paid them. But they aren’t the only ones. There are still others. Let’s take leather. For the three-year period before the war the total profits of Central Leather Company were $3,500,000. That was approximately $1,167,000 a year. Well, in 1916 Central Leather returned a profit of $15,000,000, a small increase of 1,100 per cent. That’s all. The General Chemical Company averaged a profit for the three years before the war of a little over $800,000 a year. Came the war, and the profits jumped to $12,000,000. a leap of 1,400 per cent. International Nickel Company — and you can’t have a war without nickel — showed an increase in profits from a mere average of $4,000,000 a year to $73,000,000 yearly. Not bad? An increase of more than 1,700 per cent. American Sugar Refining Company averaged $2,000,000 a year for the three years before the war. In 1916 a profit of $6,000,000 was recorded. Listen to Senate Document No. 259. The Sixty-Fifth Congress, reporting on corporate earnings and government revenues. Considering the profits of 122 meat packers, 153 cotton manufacturers, 299 garment makers, 49 steel plants, and 340 coal producers during the war. Profits under 25 per cent were exceptional. For instance the coal companies made between 100 per cent and 7,856 per cent on their capital stock during the war. The Chicago packers doubled and tripled their earnings. And let us not forget the bankers who financed the great war. If anyone had the cream of the profits it was the bankers. Being partnerships rather than incorporated organizations, they do not have to report to stockholders. And their profits were as secret as they were immense. How the bankers made their millions and their billions I do not know, because those little secrets never become public — even before a Senate investigatory body. But here’s how some of the other patriotic industrialists and speculators chiseled their way into war profits. Take the shoe people. They like war. It brings business with abnormal profits. They made huge profits on sales abroad to our allies. Perhaps, like the munitions manufacturers and armament makers, they also sold to the enemy. For a dollar is a dollar whether it comes from Germany or from France. But they did well by Uncle Sam too. For instance, they sold Uncle Sam 35,000,000 pairs of hobnailed service shoes. There were 4,000,000 soldiers. Eight pairs, and more, to a soldier. My regiment during the war had only one pair to a soldier. Some of these shoes probably are still in existence. They were good shoes. But when the war was over Uncle Sam has a matter of 25,000,000 pairs left over. Bought — and paid for. Profits recorded and pocketed. There was still lots of leather left. So the leather people sold your Uncle Sam hundreds of thousands of McClellan saddles for the cavalry. But there wasn’t any American cavalry overseas! Somebody had to get rid of this leather, however. Somebody had to make a profit in it — so we had a lot of McClellan saddles. And we probably have those yet. Also somebody had a lot of mosquito netting. They sold your Uncle Sam 20,000,000 mosquito nets for the use of the soldiers overseas. I suppose the boys were expected to put it over them as they tried to sleep in muddy trenches — one hand scratching cooties on their backs and the other making passes at scurrying rats. Well, not one of these mosquito nets ever got to France! Anyhow, these thoughtful manufacturers wanted to make sure that no soldier would be without his mosquito net, so 40,000,000 additional yards of mosquito netting were sold to Uncle Sam. There were pretty good profits in mosquito netting in those days, even if there were no mosquitoes in France. I suppose, if the war had lasted just a little longer, the enterprising mosquito netting manufacturers would have sold your Uncle Sam a couple of consignments of mosquitoes to plant in France so that more mosquito netting would be in order. Airplane and engine manufacturers felt they, too, should get their just profits out of this war. Why not? Everybody else was getting theirs. So $1,000,000,000 — count them if you live long enough — was spent by Uncle Sam in building airplane engines that never left the ground! Not one plane, or motor, out of the billion dollars worth ordered, ever got into a battle in France. Just the same the manufacturers made their little profit of 30, 100, or perhaps 300 per cent. Undershirts for soldiers cost 14¢ [cents] to make and uncle Sam paid 30¢ to 40¢ each for them — a nice little profit for the undershirt manufacturer. And the stocking manufacturer and the uniform manufacturers and the cap manufacturers and the steel helmet manufacturers — all got theirs. Why, when the war was over some 4,000,000 sets of equipment — knapsacks and the things that go to fill them — crammed warehouses on this side. Now they are being scrapped because the regulations have changed the contents. But the manufacturers collected their wartime profits on them — and they will do it all over again the next time. There were lots of brilliant ideas for profit making during the war. One very versatile patriot sold Uncle Sam twelve dozen 48-inch wrenches. Oh, they were very nice wrenches. The only trouble was that there was only one nut ever made that was large enough for these wrenches. That is the one that holds the turbines at Niagara Falls. Well, after Uncle Sam had bought them and the manufacturer had pocketed the profit, the wrenches were put on freight cars and shunted all around the United States in an effort to find a use for them. When the Armistice was signed it was indeed a sad blow to the wrench manufacturer. He was just about to make some nuts to fit the wrenches. Then he planned to sell these, too, to your Uncle Sam. Still another had the brilliant idea that colonels shouldn’t ride in automobiles, nor should they even ride on horseback. One has probably seen a picture of Andy Jackson riding in a buckboard. Well, some 6,000 buckboards were sold to Uncle Sam for the use of colonels! Not one of them was used. But the buckboard manufacturer got his war profit. The shipbuilders felt they should come in on some of it, too. They built a lot of ships that made a lot of profit. More than $3,000,000,000 worth. Some of the ships were all right. But $635,000,000 worth of them were made of wood and wouldn’t float! The seams opened up — and they sank. We paid for them, though. And somebody pocketed the profits. It has been estimated by statisticians and economists and researchers that the war cost your Uncle Sam $52,000,000,000. Of this sum, $39,000,000,000 was expended in the actual war itself. This expenditure yielded $16,000,000,000 in profits. That is how the 21,000 billionaires and millionaires got that way. This $16,000,000,000 profits is not to be sneezed at. It is quite a tidy sum. And it went to a very few. The Senate (Nye) committee probe of the munitions industry and its wartime profits, despite its sensational disclosures, hardly has scratched the surface. Even so, it has had some effect. The State Department has been studying "for some time" methods of keeping out of war. The War Department suddenly decides it has a wonderful plan to spring. The Administration names a committee —with the War and Navy Departments ably represented under the chairmanship of a Wall Street speculator — to limit profits in war time. To what extent isn’t suggested. Hmmm. Possibly the profits of 300 and 600 and 1,600 per cent of those who turned blood into gold in the World War would be limited to some smaller figure. Apparently, however, the plan does not call for any limitation of losses — that is, the losses of those who fight the war. As far as I have been able to ascertain there is nothing in the scheme to limit a soldier to the loss of but one eye, or one arm, or to limit his wounds to one or two or three. Or to limit the loss of life. There is nothing in this scheme, apparently, that says not more than 12 per cent of a regiment shall be wounded in battle, or that not more than 7 per cent in a division shall be killed. Of course, the committee cannot be bothered with such trifling matters. CHAPTER THREE Who Pays The Bills? Who provides the profits — these nice little profits of 20, 100, 300, 1,500 and 1,800 per cent? We all pay them — in taxation. We paid the bankers their profits when we bought Liberty Bonds at $100.00 and sold them back at $84 or $86 to the bankers. These bankers collected $100 plus. It was a simple manipulation. The bankers control the security marts. It was easy for them to depress the price of these bonds. Then all of us — the people — got frightened and sold the bonds at $84 or $86. The bankers bought them. Then these same bankers stimulated a boom and government bonds went to par — and above. Then the bankers collected their profits. But the soldier pays the biggest part of the bill. If you don’t believe this, visit the American cemeteries on the battlefields abroad. Or visit any of the veteran’s hospitals in the United States. On a tour of the country, in the midst of which I am at the time of this writing, I have visited eighteen government hospitals for veterans. In them are a total of about 50,000 destroyed men — men who were the pick of the nation eighteen years ago. The very able chief surgeon at the government hospital; at Milwaukee, where there are 3,800 of the living dead, told me that mortality among veterans is three times as great as among those who stayed at home. Boys with a normal viewpoint were taken out of the fields and offices and factories and classrooms and put into the ranks. There they were remolded; they were made over; they were made to "about face"; to regard murder as the order of the day. They were put shoulder to shoulder and, through mass psychology, they were entirely changed. We used them for a couple of years and trained them to think nothing at all of killing or of being killed. Then, suddenly, we discharged them and told them to make another "about face" ! This time they had to do their own readjustment, sans [without] mass psychology, sans officers’ aid and advice and sans nation-wide propaganda. We didn’t need them any more. So we scattered them about without any "three-minute" or "Liberty Loan" speeches or parades. Many, too many, of these fine young boys are eventually destroyed, mentally, because they could not make that final "about face" alone. In the government hospital in Marion, Indiana, 1,800 of these boys are in pens! Five hundred of them in a barracks with steel bars and wires all around outside the buildings and on the porches. These already have been mentally destroyed. These boys don’t even look like human beings. Oh, the looks on their faces! Physically, they are in good shape; mentally, they are gone. There are thousands and thousands of these cases, and more and more are coming in all the time. The tremendous excitement of the war, the sudden cutting off of that excitement — the young boys couldn’t stand it. That’s a part of the bill. So much for the dead — they have paid their part of the war profits. So much for the mentally and physically wounded — they are paying now their share of the war profits. But the others paid, too — they paid with heartbreaks when they tore themselves away from their firesides and their families to don the uniform of Uncle Sam — on which a profit had been made. They paid another part in the training camps where they were regimented and drilled while others took their jobs and their places in the lives of their communities. The paid for it in the trenches where they shot and were shot; where they were hungry for days at a time; where they slept in the mud and the cold and in the rain — with the moans and shrieks of the dying for a horrible lullaby. But don’t forget — the soldier paid part of the dollars and cents bill too. Up to and including the Spanish-American War, we had a prize system, and soldiers and sailors fought for money. During the Civil War they were paid bonuses, in many instances, before they went into service. The government, or states, paid as high as $1,200 for an enlistment. In the Spanish-American War they gave prize money. When we captured any vessels, the soldiers all got their share — at least, they were supposed to. Then it was found that we could reduce the cost of wars by taking all the prize money and keeping it, but conscripting [drafting] the soldier anyway. Then soldiers couldn’t bargain for their labor, Everyone else could bargain, but the soldier couldn’t. Napoleon once said, "All men are enamored of decorations . . . they positively hunger for them." So by developing the Napoleonic system — the medal business — the government learned it could get soldiers for less money, because the boys liked to be decorated. Until the Civil War there were no medals. Then the Congressional Medal of Honor was handed out. It made enlistments easier. After the Civil War no new medals were issued until the Spanish-American War. In the World War, we used propaganda to make the boys accept conscription. They were made to feel ashamed if they didn’t join the army. So vicious was this war propaganda that even God was brought into it. With few exceptions our clergymen joined in the clamor to kill, kill, kill. To kill the Germans. God is on our side . . . it is His will that the Germans be killed. And in Germany, the good pastors called upon the Germans to kill the allies . . . to please the same God. That was a part of the general propaganda, built up to make people war conscious and murder conscious. Beautiful ideals were painted for our boys who were sent out to die. This was the "war to end all wars." This was the "war to make the world safe for democracy." No one mentioned to them, as they marched away, that their going and their dying would mean huge war profits. No one told these American soldiers that they might be shot down by bullets made by their own brothers here. No one told them that the ships on which they were going to cross might be torpedoed by submarines built with United States patents. They were just told it was to be a "glorious adventure." Thus, having stuffed patriotism down their throats, it was decided to make them help pay for the war, too. So, we gave them the large salary of $30 a month. All they had to do for this munificent sum was to leave their dear ones behind, give up their jobs, lie in swampy trenches, eat canned willy (when they could get it) and kill and kill and kill . . . and be killed. But wait! Half of that wage (just a little more than a riveter in a shipyard or a laborer in a munitions factory safe at home made in a day) was promptly taken from him to support his dependents, so that they would not become a charge upon his community. Then we made him pay what amounted to accident insurance — something the employer pays for in an enlightened state -and that cost him $6 a month. He had less than $9 a month left. Then, the most crowning insolence of all — he was virtually blackjacked into paying for his own ammunition, clothing, and food by being made to buy Liberty Bonds. Most soldiers got no money at all on pay days. We made them buy Liberty Bonds at $100 and then we bought them back — when they came back from the war and couldn’t find work — at $84 and $86. And the soldiers bought about $2,000,000,000 worth of these bonds! Yes, the soldier pays the greater part of the bill. His family pays too. They pay it in the same heart-break that he does. As he suffers, they suffer. At nights, as he lay in the trenches and watched shrapnel burst about him, they lay home in their beds and tossed sleeplessly — his father, his mother, his wife, his sisters, his brothers, his sons, and his daughters. When he returned home minus an eye, or minus a leg or with his mind broken, they suffered too — as much as and even sometimes more than he. Yes, and they, too, contributed their dollars to the profits of the munitions makers and bankers and shipbuilders and the manufacturers and the speculators made. They, too, bought Liberty Bonds and contributed to the profit of the bankers after the Armistice in the hocus-pocus of manipulated Liberty Bond prices. And even now the families of the wounded men and of the mentally broken and those who never were able to readjust themselves are still suffering and still paying. CHAPTER FOUR How To Smash This Racket! WELL, it’s a racket, all right. A few profit — and the many pay. But there is a way to stop it. You can’t end it by disarmament conferences. You can’t eliminate it by peace parleys at Geneva. Well-meaning but impractical groups can’t wipe it out by resolutions. It can be smashed effectively only by taking the profit out of war. The only way to smash this racket is to conscript capital and industry and labor before the nations manhood can be conscripted. One month before the Government can conscript the young men of the nation — it must conscript capital and industry and labor. Let the officers and the directors and the high-powered executives of our armament factories and our munitions makers and our shipbuilders and our airplane builders and the manufacturers of all the other things that provide profit in war time as well as the bankers and the speculators, be conscripted — to get $30 a month, the same wage as the lads in the trenches get. Let the workers in these plants get the same wages — all the workers, all presidents, all executives, all directors, all managers, all bankers — yes, and all generals and all admirals and all officers and all politicians and all government office holders — everyone in the nation be restricted to a total monthly income not to exceed that paid to the soldier in the trenches! Let all these kings and tycoons and masters of business and all those workers in industry and all our senators and governors and majors pay half of their monthly $30 wage to their families and pay war risk insurance and buy Liberty Bonds. Why shouldn’t they? They aren’t running any risk of being killed or of having their bodies mangled or their minds shattered. They aren’t sleeping in muddy trenches. They aren’t hungry. The soldiers are! Give capital and industry and labor thirty days to think it over and you will find, by that time, there will be no war. That will smash the war racket — that and nothing else. Maybe I am a little too optimistic. Capital still has some say. So capital won’t permit the taking of the profit out of war until the people — those who do the suffering and still pay the price — make up their minds that those they elect to office shall do their bidding, and not that of the profiteers. Another step necessary in this fight to smash the war racket is the limited plebiscite to determine whether a war should be declared. A plebiscite not of all the voters but merely of those who would be called upon to do the fighting and dying. There wouldn’t be very much sense in having a 76-year-old president of a munitions factory or the flat-footed head of an international banking firm or the cross-eyed manager of a uniform manufacturing plant — all of whom see visions of tremendous profits in the event of war — voting on whether the nation should go to war or not. They never would be called upon to shoulder arms — to sleep in a trench and to be shot. Only those who would be called upon to risk their lives for their country should have the privilege of voting to determine whether the nation should go to war. There is ample precedent for restricting the voting to those affected. Many of our states have restrictions on those permitted to vote. In most, it is necessary to be able to read and write before you may vote. In some, you must own property. It would be a simple matter each year for the men coming of military age to register in their communities as they did in the draft during the World War and be examined physically. Those who could pass and who would therefore be called upon to bear arms in the event of war would be eligible to vote in a limited plebiscite. They should be the ones to have the power to decide — and not a Congress few of whose members are within the age limit and fewer still of whom are in physical condition to bear arms. Only those who must suffer should have the right to vote. A third step in this business of smashing the war racket is to make certain that our military forces are truly forces for defense only. At each session of Congress the question of further naval appropriations comes up. The swivel-chair admirals of Washington (and there are always a lot of them) are very adroit lobbyists. And they are smart. They don’t shout that "We need a lot of battleships to war on this nation or that nation." Oh no. First of all, they let it be known that America is menaced by a great naval power. Almost any day, these admirals will tell you, the great fleet of this supposed enemy will strike suddenly and annihilate 125,000,000 people. Just like that. Then they begin to cry for a larger navy. For what? To fight the enemy? Oh my, no. Oh, no. For defense purposes only. Then, incidentally, they announce maneuvers in the Pacific. For defense. Uh, huh. The Pacific is a great big ocean. We have a tremendous coastline on the Pacific. Will the maneuvers be off the coast, two or three hundred miles? Oh, no. The maneuvers will be two thousand, yes, perhaps even thirty-five hundred miles, off the coast. The Japanese, a proud people, of course will be pleased beyond expression to see the united States fleet so close to Nippon’s shores. Even as pleased as would be the residents of California were they to dimly discern through the morning mist, the Japanese fleet playing at war games off Los Angeles. The ships of our navy, it can be seen, should be specifically limited, by law, to within 200 miles of our coastline. Had that been the law in 1898 the Maine would never have gone to Havana Harbor. She never would have been blown up. There would have been no war with Spain with its attendant loss of life. Two hundred miles is ample, in the opinion of experts, for defense purposes. Our nation cannot start an offensive war if its ships can’t go further than 200 miles from the coastline. Planes might be permitted to go as far as 500 miles from the coast for purposes of reconnaissance. And the army should never leave the territorial limits of our nation. To summarize: Three steps must be taken to smash the war racket. We must take the profit out of war. We must permit the youth of the land who would bear arms to decide whether or not there should be war. We must limit our military forces to home defense purposes. CHAPTER FIVE To Hell With War! I am not a fool as to believe that war is a thing of the past. I know the people do not want war, but there is no use in saying we cannot be pushed into another war. Looking back, Woodrow Wilson was re-elected president in 1916 on a platform that he had "kept us out of war" and on the implied promise that he would "keep us out of war." Yet, five months later he asked Congress to declare war on Germany. In that five-month interval the people had not been asked whether they had changed their minds. The 4,000,000 young men who put on uniforms and marched or sailed away were not asked whether they wanted to go forth to suffer and die. Then what caused our government to change its mind so suddenly? Money. An allied commission, it may be recalled, came over shortly before the war declaration and called on the President. The President summoned a group of advisers. The head of the commission spoke. Stripped of its diplomatic language, this is what he told the President and his group: "There is no use kidding ourselves any longer. The cause of the allies is lost. We now owe you (American bankers, American munitions makers, American manufacturers, American speculators, American exporters) five or six billion dollars. If we lose (and without the help of the United States we must lose) we, England, France and Italy, cannot pay back this money . . . and Germany won’t. So . . . " Had secrecy been outlawed as far as war negotiations were concerned, and had the press been invited to be present at that conference, or had radio been available to broadcast the proceedings, America never would have entered the World War. But this conference, like all war discussions, was shrouded in utmost secrecy. When our boys were sent off to war they were told it was a "war to make the world safe for democracy" and a "war to end all wars." Well, eighteen years after, the world has less of democracy than it had then. Besides, what business is it of ours whether Russia or Germany or England or France or Italy or Austria live under democracies or monarchies? Whether they are Fascists or Communists? Our problem is to preserve our own democracy. And very little, if anything, has been accomplished to assure us that the World War was really the war to end all wars. Yes, we have had disarmament conferences and limitations of arms conferences. They don’t mean a thing. One has just failed; the results of another have been nullified. We send our professional soldiers and our sailors and our politicians and our diplomats to these conferences. And what happens? The professional soldiers and sailors don’t want to disarm. No admiral wants to be without a ship. No general wants to be without a command. Both mean men without jobs. They are not for disarmament. They cannot be for limitations of arms. And at all these conferences, lurking in the background but all-powerful, just the same, are the sinister agents of those who profit by war. They see to it that these conferences do not disarm or seriously limit armaments. The chief aim of any power at any of these conferences has not been to achieve disarmament to prevent war but rather to get more armament for itself and less for any potential foe. There is only one way to disarm with any semblance of practicability. That is for all nations to get together and scrap every ship, every gun, every rifle, every tank, every war plane. Even this, if it were possible, would not be enough. The next war, according to experts, will be fought not with battleships, not by artillery, not with rifles and not with machine guns. It will be fought with deadly chemicals and gases. Secretly each nation is studying and perfecting newer and ghastlier means of annihilating its foes wholesale. Yes, ships will continue to be built, for the shipbuilders must make their profits. And guns still will be manufactured and powder and rifles will be made, for the munitions makers must make their huge profits. And the soldiers, of course, must wear uniforms, for the manufacturer must make their war profits too. But victory or defeat will be determined by the skill and ingenuity of our scientists. If we put them to work making poison gas and more and more fiendish mechanical and explosive instruments of destruction, they will have no time for the constructive job of building greater prosperity for all peoples. By putting them to this useful job, we can all make more money out of peace than we can out of war — even the munitions makers. So…I say, TO HELL WITH WAR! http://www.ratical.org/ratville/CAH/warisaracket.html

Any Taxes You Pay Can and Will Be Used Against You

Any Taxes You Pay Can and Will Be Used Against You Monday, February 9th, 2009 http://www.theagitator.com/2009/02/09/any-taxes-you-pay-can-and-will-be-used-against-you/

Reason contributor Trey Garrison looks at the stimulus wish lists of cities in Texas, and finds lots of toys for cops: • Frisco wants $125,000 for an armored vehicle and $200,000 for a mobile command vehicle. You know, for all that gang tank warfare going on up in Frisco. • McKinney wants $5 million for SWAT toys and stuff. • North Richland Hills wants $51,000 for volunteer patrol volunteers. Let’s throw in $10 for a dictionary so they can look up the word “volunteer.” • Irving wants $5 million for biometric scanners, digital cameras, RFID scanners — nothing Big Brother there. • Grand Prairie wants $1.25 million for nicer landscaping around the public safety building. • And finally, Arlington is really gearing up for urban warfare. Arlington wants $1.6 million for SWAT toys like military grade carbines, $625,000 for unmanned aerial surveillance drones, and $130,000 for “covert ops”…more equipment for those deadly but camera-friendly no-knock raids… It isn’t just in Texas. For example, I’m thinking the last thing Frank “Worst Mayor in America” Melton of Jackson, Mississippi needs is a Bearcat armored tactical vehicle.

Other examples: • Sparks, Nevada wants $600,000 to purchase a “live fire” house its SWAT team can shoot up, and another $420,000 for a SWAT armored vehicle. • Pleasanton, California wants $250,000 to buy a vehicle for its SWAT team. • Gary, Indiana wants $750,000 for a host of “modernization” upgrades to its police department, including “sub-automatic machine guns” and an “armored vehicl” [sic]. • Hampton, Virginia wants a whopping $3.5 million for “Air Tactical Unit Support and Equipment,” which I’m pretty sure means they want a sweet helicopter for the SWAT team. • Ottawa, Illinois (population: 18,307) wants $60,000 to purchase, among other things, five “tactical entry rifles.”

• Glendale Heights, Illinois wants $96,000 to purchase red light cameras, and another $67,000 to hire someone to monitor them. • Toward a more Orwellian America! The following cities requested stimulus funds to supplement, initiate, or upgrade public surveillance camera systems: Brockton, Massachusetts; Buffalo, New York; Burnsville, Minnesota; Caguas, Puerto Rico; Cerritos, California; Columbia, South Carolina; Compton, California; Homestead, Florida; Hormigueros, Puerto Rico; Indianapolis, Indiana; Inglewood, California; Lewiston, Maine; Lorain, Ohio; Lynn, Massachusetts; Marion, Ohio; Merced, California; New Rochelle, New York; North Richland Hills, Texas; Oakland, California; Orange, New Jersey; Orem, Utah; Orlando, Florida; Pembroke Pines, Florida; Ponce, Puerto Rico; Riverdale, Illinois; Shreveport, Louisiana; Silver City, New Mexico; Sumter, South Carolina; Tallahassee, Florida; Warren, Ohio; and Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania.

Winston-Salem, North Carolina requested just under $85 million in security-related stimulation. But top prize goes to Tulsa, Oklahoma, which is asking the rest of the country to stimulte its economy with a whopping $135 million in public safety-related requests. All in all, America’s mayors asking for a little over $5.5 billion in public safety “stimulus.” ************************************************************************************************************* Militarization of civilian domestic law enforcement. http://opengov.ideascale.com/akira/dtd/6350-4049

Why is our civilian law enforcement in an arms race,and who are they arming against? Why us of course. What use to be six to ten man SWAT teams are now platoon size of25 if not more.The City Police,Sheriffs etc,are armed to the teeth and resemble SS units, this is a way to circumvent Posse Comitatus in the coming Martial Law.If you have just a few officers who have been convinced(brainwashed) that patriotic americans who have been labeled as domestic terrorists or a threat who have been profiled as Janet Napolitano alluded to in a Homeland Security Document(former military etc)they will force out the majority of other police who know this is wrong ,they will find willing participants who are more than willing to kick in your door on a no knock warrant and round you up or shoot you.

They are not rounding up illegal aliens or criminal street gangs who reek havoc on our country.They are here for us.Take New Orleans for example after the hurricane they were confiscating firearms from law abiding citizens who were left defensless.If you think this is impossible you just wait until they come for you.It will be under the guise of you posing a direct threat to the security of the United States and that they are removing domestic terrorists.If one can be indoctrinated that this is the right thing to do as a Patriotic American of course they the Police ,Sherrifs will willingly participate.After all who wouldnt participate if you have an ego that that is fed on the fact that your trained by Military Special Forces,and your here to eliminte a threat to the country and you are supplied with Military harware

************************************************************************************************************ G-20 Summit Helped Pittsburgh Get Police Funding, New Equipment http://policelink.monster.com/news/articles/124091-g-20-summit-helped-pittsburgh-get-police-funding-new-equipment

Police deal with an unruly protester at the G-20 Summit held in Pittsburgh. (AP Photo) The Pittsburgh Tribune-Review via YellowBrix October 12, 2009 Pittsburgh police say they will continue to benefit from the millions of dollars spent to prepare for the Group of 20 summit. “We spent months getting ready for this and it was a lot of preparation, but we’ll see the dividends of that for a long time to come,” Public Safety Director Michael Huss said. “It was invaluable to us.” Huss said the summit forced the city to upgrade equipment and undergo hundreds of hours of civil disturbance training from the Department of Homeland Security. Deputy police Chief Paul Donaldson said the training involved 716 of the force’s 872 officers as well as 254 officers from the Allegheny County police, county Sheriff’s Office, Port Authority Transit and University of Pittsburgh. Medics and firefighters also were trained as “cut teams” to handle “sleeping dragons” — a situation that involves protesters chaining themselves together using PVC pipe and locks to disrupt traffic and impede arrest. The city outfitted each officer with a gas mask and filter canisters and an air- purifying respirator. Every officer was outfitted in riot gear — including helmet, shield, baton, facemask, chest protector, elbow and knee pads, forearms protectors and shin guards. There were 6,000 police officers deployed throughout the city during the week of the event to handle an estimated 5,000 protesters. A half dozen officers reported minor injuries.

A federal grant of $200,000 allowed police to buy four Long Range Acoustic Devices, or LRADs, which were used to disperse protesters. An LRAD can broadcast high-pitched warnings in English, Spanish and other languages. ************************************************************************************************************ Protesters storm big bankers meet, chant ‘we’ll be back’ as police escort them out http://rawstory.com/2009/10/protesters-storm-big-bankers-meet-chant-well-back-police-escort/ This video was published to YouTube by user ABA Showdown on Oct. 25, 2009. The annual American Bankers Association meeting in Chicago is not going as planned. Besieged by activists from the Service Employees International Union, the AFL-CIO and Americans for Financial Reform, the leaders of America’s financial sector were interrupted Sunday night as a throng of protesters poured into the conference area and began to chant. The meeting, scheduled to continue through Tuesday, will feature "[exceptional] speakers like FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair, Comptroller of the Currency John Dugan, former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich, and political commentator George Will," the ABA’s site announced. "All we wanted to do was deliver a letter to the Wall Street bankers to let them know how much they’ve hurt our communities – and what they need to do to clean up their act," the SEIU’s blog declared. "They wouldn’t listen to us. They kicked us out. But, the bad news for them is that we’ll be back. We’re not going to leave after tonight. In fact, more and more people are coming to Chicago in the next 48 hours. What started as a thousand people tonight will continue to grow up until Tuesday when more than 5,000 taxpayers march on the ABA and demand an end to Wall Street greed." Instead of delivering a letter, they shouted their message. "Bust up big banks!" activists chanted. When police confronted a senior who was damning the ABA over a loudspeaker, the crowd shifted into cries of "Shame on you! Shame on you!" When police finally got around to pushing them out, cheers of "We’ll be back" shook the hotel’s lobby. "Our demand is simple: stop taking our tax dollars and squandering them away on billion dollar bonuses and massive lobbying campaigns against financial reform," the SEIU said. Groups participating in the ABA protest this year are calling the action "the showdown in Chicago" and posting regular updates to a Web site dedicated to the action. Speaking to protesters earlier in the night, Sen. Dick Durbin (D-Ill.) advocated for greater regulation of America’s banks "to ensure that the robber barons that are responsible for this recession don’t get away with creating it and then declaring themselves a dividend," according to Bloomberg. Video of Durbin’s speech is available on the Huffington Post. ************************************************************************************************************************ Even guns made of Lego can look real

A Toronto man learned a hard lesson this week about the real danger of fake guns. Jeremy Bell found himself staring down the barrel of a police assault rifle after a neighbour spotted Bell in his office handling what looked like a genuine semi-automatic pistol. It turns out Bell was putting the finishing touches on a handgun made entirely of black Lego bricks. After showing his creation to a co-worker, Bell put the toy away. But the neighbour had already sounded the alarm, and a short time later the Emergency Task Force arrived with weapons drawn. Bell was thrown up against the wall and slapped with handcuffs. After a quick investigation, police set him free. The 29-year-old Bell says he’s a lifelong fan of Lego and that won’t change. And there’s no bad blood with the neighbour, either, who tweeted an apology to Bell and posted a note in his apartment window. "He’s like, ‘Sorry, dude, it looked real,’" Bell says. The cops told Bell, "Hey, at least you got a good story." But officers everywhere continue to be concerned about the potential impact of realistic guns. In fact, police in the UK this week warned parents against buying their children plastic guns for Christmas in case the toys are mistaken for the real thing. Earlier this year, Marketplace took an in depth look at imitation handguns and the threat they pose to the safety – and perception of safety – in our communities. CBC LEGO GUN BUSTED ******************************************************************************************************************** Windsor lawyer says OPP licence plate cameras may be a ‘tax grab’

A handout photo of the OPP’s new Automatic Licence Plate Recognition System. Photograph by: Handout, OPP BY FRANCES WILLICK, THE WINDSOR STARDECEMBER 4, 2009

OPP TAX GRAB WINDSOR, Ont. — Ontario Provincial Police will soon be cruising the province’s roads with sophisticated equipment that can automatically scan up to 7,000 licence plates per hour. The Automatic Licence Plate Recognition system will be used to identify plates associated with stolen vehicles, plates that are reported missing, suspended or unissued or those with expired validation tags. The system uses infrared cameras that can capture the plate numbers of vehicles approaching the cruiser from behind or from oncoming lanes. The number is then automatically run through a "hotlist" provided by the Canadian Police Information Centre database and a Ministry of Transportation database. That list is updated daily to reflect plates that are in poor standing. If the scanned plate number registers a "hit" in the database, the system gives an audible signal to the officer, who can then identify the vehicle on the road and take action. "This state-of-the-art recognition technology will help the OPP cast a wider net to identify stolen vehicles or those driving with invalid licence plates," said Community Safety and Correctional Services Minister Rick Bartolucci. "This is a fine example of the OPP using innovative technology to help keep us all safer." But Windsor lawyer Brian Ducharme isn’t convinced that’s the OPP’s sole intention. "All of this may very well end up being a way to increase revenues — a tax grab, if you will." The ALPR system could also increase revenues for insurance companies, which might use the information to charge higher premiums, Ducharme suggested. Ducharme also questioned the reliability of the equipment. "The technology that they use and the product that they use may not be state-of-the-art," he said. "Technology can be so unreliable. I fear that it may result in some wrongful convictions of drivers on the road." The system will initially be installed in three fully marked OPP vehicles deployed to the Toronto area, Eastern Ontario and Northern Ontario. The cameras have the ability to scan licence plates that enter their field of view, whether the vehicle is moving, parked or travelling at a high rate of speed. Though they can scan up to 7,000 plates per hour in optimal conditions, the OPP anticipates the cameras will scan 2,000 to 3,000 plates per hour on average. There are an estimated five to seven million Ontario plates in poor standing. © Copyright (c) The Windsor Star

911 Was an Inside Job

***********************************************************************************************************************

******************************************************************************************************************** Awareness of Military Cell at FAA Headquarters of Events on Day of 9/11 As people who follow the issue closely are aware, there has been some debate over the involvement of a group of military officers stationed at FAA headquarters–generally referred to as the "military cell"–in the events of 9/11. Although I don’t mean to recap the whole debate here, the basic jist is that the 9/11 Commission claimed that the military were unaware of the hijacking of United 93 until a few minutes before it crashed, but what about the military cell–were they too unaware of what was going on? Yesterday, I was reading through the commission documents we have posted at the 911 Document Archive at Scribd , and I came across a transcript of FAA communications on the day of 9/11. You can find the following at page 59 (approximately 9:45 a.m. – 9:50 a.m.): MR. : Tactical Net– MR. : And this is Cleveland Center. Who’s up? MR. : It is the Command Center with about five or six people listening. MR. : Okay. Mr. [inaudible], the chief, just asked if we have any military up or not? Are we pursuing that? We’d like to be able to track this guy (United 93) so we know what’s going on, especially when we lose a transponder. MR. : We have been in contact with the military cell here in the building and they’re working the issue. I’m not sure where they are with– Obviously, this does not prove that the military cell at the FAA was aware of the hijacking of United 93 (still less that they passed it on to other elements in the military), but a contemporary reference stating their involvement is certainly interesting evidence. **************************************************************************************************************************

******************************************************************************************************************** 911 Documents 29_Structural-Civil_Engineers_2009-06-17.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************* 13279605-911-Commission-Memo-Executive-Branch-Minders-Intimidation-of-Witnesses.pdf ****************************************************************************************************************** 16411947-NORAD-Exercises-Hijack-Summary.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** Article Ayres Endorses 911 Truth Movement.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** Article CIA Veterans Challenge 911.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** Article Federal Engineers and Scientists.pdf ******************************************************************************************************************* Article Hirschhorn Challenges 911.pdf ************************************************************************************************************************* Article Margulis Calls for New 911 Investigation.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** Article Military Officers Challenge 911.pdf ******************************************************************************************************************** Article Quintiere Calls for Independent Review of 911.pdf ************************************************************************************************************************ Article Republican Appointees Challenge 911.pdf **************************************************************************************************************** Article State Dept 911.pdf ******************************************************************************************************************* Counterterrorism_Veterans.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** RL32518.pdf ********************************************************************************************************************** world trade centre – plane crash 2 (view 2).mpg **************************************************************************************************************************

********************************************************************************************************************** Israel did 9/11 UPDATED, REVISED Who leased the WTC only seven weeks before 9/11?

Larry Silverstein — Explains his reason for purchasing the towers as "I felt a compelling urge to own them." Larry had breakfast in "Windows on the World" restaurant every single morning. On 9/11 he never showed up. Neither did his daughter who worked in building 7.

Frank Lowy — Owner of Westfield America. In May 2001, Westfield paid $US127 million for a 99-year lease on the retail area beneath the New York World Trade Center. Lowy was a member of the Golani Brigade, and fought in the Israeli war of independence. Lowy steered clear of the WTC on 9/11. Who authorized the lease of the WTC complex to Silverstein?

Lewis Eisenberg — Chairman of the New York Port Authority. All three men are high ranking Jews in the Anti Defamation League and United Jewish Appeal.

Who pushed the WTC for privatization?

-Ronald S. Lauder He was on the board of directors of the NY board of privatization. He is the key individual who lobbied for the privatization of the WTC, but he also got Stewart Airport, formerly Stewart AFB, to become privatized. Oddly, the flightpaths of flight 175 and flight 11 converged directly over this airport. Lauder is active in the following organizations: -Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations -Jewish National Fund -World Jewish Congress -American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee -Anti-Defamation League -Jewish Theological Seminary Lauder has funded a school for the Mossad in Herzliya, Israel. Who ran security at all three airports of "alleged" hijackings?

ICTS International / Huntsleigh USA (wholly owned subsidiary) Owned by Ezra Harel and Menachem Atzmon. Both Israeli Jews. It is run by "experts" in the security and intelligence field. Israeli intelligence that is. Most employees were ex- Shin Bet agents. Is this airport security company, who ran the security at Dulles, Logan, and Newark, really that shotty to allow 19 arabs on board 4 different planes with boxcutters, mace, and even a gun, or is there something else going on here? Menachem Atzmon was involved in an Israeli political scandal involving Ehud Olmert and other Likudnits in Israel. ICTS was also in charge of airport security when the shoe bomber Richard Reid boarded a plane with a shoe bomb(allegedly). A few hours before the Patriot Act was voted on, it was edited to make foreign companies in charge of security on 9/11 immune to lawsuits. This would prevent American courts from demanding that ICTS provide testimony or hand over the missing surveillance videos from the airports. Who was on board flight 11?

-Daniel Lewin Lewin, an Israeli Jew, was confirmed to be a member of the special Israeli commando unit, the Sayeret Matkal, which specializes in "anti-hijack" takeovers and assassinations. Originally, Betty Ong pointed to his seat, 9B, as the one shooting people with a gun and leading the hijacking. It was later changed to him being shot, later revised to him being stabbed. Who had the contract to run security at the WTC?

Associates, owned by…

Jules Kroll – Jewish Kroll was run by…

-Jerome Hauer Hauer was also the guy chosen to run Mayor Rudy Guiliani’s office of emergency management from 1996 to 2000. Jerome Hauer is also Jewish. Hauer’s mother, Rose Muscatine Hauer, is the retired Dean of the Beth Israel School of Nursing and the Honorary President of the New York Chapter of Hadassah, the Daughters of Zion movement that is one of the central Zionist organizations involved in the creation and maintenance of the State of Israel. Hauer, however, told journalist Sander Hicks in a phone conversation that Larry Silverstein hired a "private" security team on his wtc complex. I wonder who manned this "private" security team, since they are the lead suspects in the placing of explosives. Were Jews forewarned of the attacks?

Israeli instant messaging company, Odigo, admitted that two of its employees received instant messages warning of an impeding attack 2 hours prior to the first plane hitting. This warning was not passed on to authorities, which could have saved thousands of lives. Odigo has a feature on its service that allows the passing on of messages through a search feature based on nationality, such as Israeli. Knowing these two particular Jews were forewared, it is very likely they passed the message on to other Jews considering that out of the 4000 Israeli Jews believed to work in the trade towers, only ONE died that day. Odigo has offices in New York, and in Herzliya, Israel. Herzliya happens to be the Head Quarters of Mossad. Do the math. Odigo was later bought up by another Israeli company called Comverse. The CEO of Comverse was Kobi Alexander, "dual" Israeli-US citizen, with connections to Mossad. He has been charged on several counts of fraud. Goldman Sachs Forewarned

– On Sep 10, 2001, the Tokyo branch of Goldman Sachs warned its American employees to steer clear of American buildings. Israeli ZIM Integrated Shipping Services Forewarned

– ZIM, an Israeli company, vacated its office (10,000 square feet) in the North WTC tower a few days before 9/11, breaking its lease. 49% of this company is owned by the Israeli government. The lease ran till the end of 2001, and the company lost $50,000 by breaking the lease. Later, FBI agent Michael Dick, who was investigating Israeli spying before and after 9/11 and looking into the suspicious move, was removed from his duties by the head of the Justice Department’s criminal division, Michael Chertoff (Jewish). Israeli espionage around 9/11

– Shortly before 9/11, over 140 Israelis had been arrested for suspected espionage. Some of them were posing as Art students. These suspects targeted or penetrated Military bases, DEA, FBI, Secret Service, ATF, U.S. Customs, IRS, INS, EPA, Interior Dept., U.S. Marshal’s Service, various U.S. Attorneys Offices, Secret government offices Unlisted private homes of law enforcement/intelligence officers. Most of the suspects served in military intelligence, electronic surveillance intercept and or explosive ordinance units. Dozens of Israelis were arrested in American malls kiosks selling toys, acting as a front for a spying operation. 60 detained suspects worked for the Israeli company AMDOCS which provides most directory assistance calls and almost call records and billings services for the U.S. by virtue of its contracts with the 25 largest telephone companies in the U.S. All alleged 9/11 hijackers had fake IDs. During a joint FBI-CIA operation against the lead patsy hijacker Mohammad Atta in Fort Lee, NJ in 2001, the operation was photographed by Israeli agents and thereby compromised. These Jews were providing cover for the future patsy hijacker teams. Fox News Report — 4 part series http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cAFRgT2w6Dk http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d4L9Pv2cnNY&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3wS0SwyFXjE&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qaLGM-0U3d0&feature=related More Israelis caught after 9/11 — 60 of them! After 9/11 – More detentions of Israelis Following 9/11, over 60 Israelis were detained either under the Patriot anti-Terrorism Act or for immigrations violations. Some of them were active Israeli military personnel. A number of them failed polygraph examinations when questioned for surveillance activities against the U.S. Some of them were found to have been spying on Arabs. This includes the "dancing Israelis" who were caught in multiple places filming, and cheering the attacks. These men admitted being mossad agents.

Their names were Sivan & Paul Kurzberg, Yaron Schmuel, Oded Ellner. They later appeared on an Israeli talk show and claimed to be "documenting the event". CIA agent Robert Baer confirmed their cameras were set up BEFORE the first plane struck. Another group of Israelis were caught with truck bombs around the George Washington Bridge. A third group of Jews were caught with a van that had a mural painted on the side literally depicting the 9/11 attacks.

All of the white vans were working for the Mossad front company called "urban moving systems" under direction of Dominic Suter, a Mossad agent, who fled to Israel right after 9/11. ALL of these Jews were sent back to Israel under direction of Michael Chertoff. Don’t think Israel could disable Norad? THINK AGAIN!!

Ptech Software systems – computer control backdoor Most national security computerized systems that would have scrambled jets in the event of national emergencies such as multiple hijackings were running on Ptech software. Jew Michael S. Goff was marketing manager at Ptech and also worked for Isareli database company Guardium (Jew Director Amit Yoran); Guardium has been funded by Mossad fronts. Ptech was funded by Lebanese and Saudi Americans, but why did Goff leave a well-paying job at a Jewish law firm for the dodgy startup Ptech? Goff was obviously working as a sayanim.

MITRE corporation (computer software)

MITRE – major defense contracting organization headed by former Director of Central Intelligence Jew James Schlesinger.

Ptech was with the MITRE corporation in the basement of the FAA for two years prior to 9/11. Their specific job was to look at inter-operability issues the FAA had with NORAD and the Air Force in the case of an emergency. This software was installed on the computers of most U.S government agencies. Including the military Precision guided plane anyone?

The plane hitting WTC North Tower

The first plane to hit the WTC (North Tower) hit the computer room of Jewish-owned Kroll Associates (Managing Director Jerome M. Hauer), the company that had acquired control of building security after the 1993 bomb attack on the WTC. Precision guided by equipment in the office anyone? Who could possibly remote control planes into the towers? Ask DOV ZAKHEIM!!

Dov Zakheim’s System Planning Corporation – remote airplane control technology The SPC Corporation provided the flight termination system and command transmitter system, the technology that allows planes to be remote controlled should the pilots be incapacitated or the plane hijacked. Who quickly shipped off the WTC metal overseas?

– Alan D. Ratner’s Metals Management and the SIMS group. Ratner is Jewish. Ratner merged with the SIMS group and the Hugo Neu corporation, and they made a handsome profit. Ratner sold over 50,000 tons of crime scene evidence steel to a Chinese company at $120 per ton; Ratner had obtained them for $70 per ton. 9/11 Investigation in Jewish hands from the start!! Jews were appointed the chief judges:

Alvin K. Hellerstein – a judge for the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and has been involved in several high-profile 9/11 related cases including consolidated master case against three airlines, ICTS International NV and Pinkerton’s airport security firms, the World Trade Center owners, and Boeing Co., the aircraft manufacturer

Michael B. Mukasey – This Jew judge oversaw the litigation between Larry Silverstein and insurance companies after 9/11. Silverstein was awarded billions.

Michael Chertoff

Kenneth Feinberg set up the victim’s compensation fund ($7 billion); the Jews managed to get 97% of the victims’ families to take the money in exchange for not demanding a legal investigation of 9/11. The minority of family members demanding an investigation had to deal with a special mediator: Jewess Sheila Birnbaum. Nothing happened though. Benjamin Chertoff – (cousin of Michael Chertoff) wrote the 9/11 hit piece in Popular Mechanics debunking ‘9/11 conspiracies’ using ridiculous strawmen. Stephen Cauffman – Leader of NIST coverup of WTC 7 destruction. These lowlifes continued to maintain that fire brought down WTC 7, a physical impossibility. Who wrote the fraudulent 9/11 commission report? -Philip Zelikow (Jewish Dual Citizen of Israel)

Jews in the Right Positions!

Rabbi Dov Zakheim – Co-author of the PNAC paper on rebuilding America’s defenses advocating the necessity of a Pearl Harbor-like incident to mobilize America. Served as Pentagon comptroller from May 4, 2001 to March 10, 2004. Two large sums of money disappeared from the Pentagon under him. In the beginning $2.3 trillion was reported missing by Donald Rumsfeld (September 10, 2001) and later Zakheim was unable to account for another trillion dollars. Zakheim also had squads of American F-15s and F-16s sold as surplus to Israel at a fraction of their value.

Michael Chertoff – Jew assistant attorney general for the criminal division of the Justice Department; later, Director of Homeland Security.

Richard Perle – Chairman of Pentagon’s Defense Policy Board. He was expelled from Sen. Henry Jackson’s office in the 1970s after the NSA caught him passing highly classified documents to Israel.

Paul Wolfowitz – Was Deputy Defense Secretary and a member of the Defense Policy Board in the Pentagon. plus many many more… Israel caught creating fake Al Qaeda shortly after 9/11!!!

First Ariel Sharon attempts to spew propaganda that he thinks Palestine is harboring "Al Qaeda" so as to justify attacks on it…

Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon … said that al-Qaeda militants were operating in the Gaza Strip and Lebanon. "We know that they are there. We know that they are in Lebanon, working closely with Hezbollah. We know that they are in the region," he said. BBC News 12/5/2002 Then Palestinian officials arrested the fake "al qaeda" poseurs who were actually Mossad agents. "Officials from the Palestinian Authority have accused the Israeli spy agency Mossad of setting up a fake al-Qaeda terrorist cell in Gaza. Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat said that Israel had set up the mock cell in order to justify attacks in Palestinian areas." [BBC News – 12/8/2002] The BBC’s Jeremy Cooke says that the Israeli Government is keen to demonstrate to the Americans that they are facing a common enemy. Mossad Agent posing as Al Qaeda, AGAIN!!

Adam Gadahn, pictured above, is the so called Al Qaida spokesperson who released videos of himself preaching Al Qaida goals and ideology on numerous occasions. The FBI even have him on their most wanted terrorists list. It turns out he is a Jew named Adam Pearlman, from California. Adam’s grandfather, Carl Pearlman, was a prominent surgeon and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League! Fake Al Qaida videos come from Jewish sources!!

These fake "Al Qaida" Pearlman videos are conveniently always obtained first by a U.S gov’t contractor called Intel Center. This company is owned and run by Ben Venzke, a Jew. IntelCenter is an offshoot of of IDEFENSE, which was staffed by senior PSYOP officer, Jim Melnick(Jewish), who worked directly for Donald Rumsfeld for a time. Intel Center is probably getting these "Jihad" videos straight from Mossad HQ in Herzliya, Israel.

Another "intel gathering" company is called Site Intel Group which states its purpose is… "Studying the primary source propaganda, training manuals, and chatter of terrorists offers insight into terrorists and their activities that can not be obtained anywhere else. To fulfill this need, the SITE Intelligence Group offers its Monitoring Service, which provides numerous daily translations of terrorist propaganda and multimedia from primary source terrorist websites." – SITE The director and founder of SITE Intel group is Rita Katz.

It turns out that Rita Katz is an Iraqi Jew! Her father was a Jewish businessman in Iraq and was sentenced to hanging after being caught SPYING FOR ISRAEL in the 1967 war. After her father was hung, Rita and her mother fled to Israel where she served in the Israeli army, which is compulsory, and went to university in Tel Aviv! Who was related to one of the "alleged" 9/11 hijackers?

– Still image from "laughing hijackers" video showing Ziad Jarrah(left), and Mohammed Atta(right), allegedly making their martyrdom video just before 9/11, all the while laughing hysterically about it!

Ziad Jarrah’s uncle, Ali Al Jarrah(pictured above), was recently discovered by Lebanese authorities of being a Mossad Spy for 25 years!! Coincidence? I think NOT!

************************************************************************************************************************** 9/11, Left-Wing apathy, and the Shock Jock Doctrine 05/12/2009 www.fadsmashers.com

The following article seeks to demonstrate in plain terms, why few prominent left wing activists support another fake independent 9/11 investigation and why this ignorance borders on criminal neglect. If you would like information regarding the evidence about 9/11, please see the small collection of links at the end of this smash. Asides from its utility in defending against rhetorical liberal excuses for 9/11 apathy, what I am about to say for many will be old news, but it is mainly for anyone still in limbo over whether or not they should actually USE their brain and real-eyes how much of a sham politics really is. You may have just coincidentally stumbled on to this traumatizing webpage or perhaps were directed here by one of your seemingly nutty friends only to be infected and consumed by SHIT THAT MAKES YOU THINK. Perhaps its a rude awakening to the fact that ignorance is insanity… Or perhaps you’ll just bounce and say WTF, fair enough. For an in depth elaboration of the cult-ure of politics click here. Or skip through my preamble ramble and dine on the main course, about half way down! *This is in no way intended to be an attack against the left, and most certainly shouldn’t (but likely will) be used as a defense of the ‘right-wing’. if you are planning on doing this then please self-terminate now. We don’t align ourselves with any political parties nor bullshit televised revolutions that get sold to us and play on our insecurities. Moral monopoly and post-imperative liberalism We have what are called liberal ‘talking points’, which have the effect of focusing peoples moral resources on peripheral issues. They drag us into discourse over issues that should not be our primary concern, as they are typically the consequence of some greater more centralized injustice. For instance: big names such as Naomi Klein, Noam Chomsky, and Howard Zinn are typically perceived as speaking on behalf of the debt ridden wage slaves, but not without being marketable, fashionably tame, and fitting to the latest oppressive beats off the rerun streets…. But by and large their profoundly insightful works, tend to convolute the situation, having the effect of channeling our attention away from the base crimes that set the premise for every other abstraction they (phony socialists/ liberals) feel IS relevant enough to speak about. 911 revelations When I began educating myself about the 9/11 scam I was coming from this socialist background. I enjoyed sporting the Che Guevera T-shirts, smoking lots of dope, and rebelling by simply existing whimsically in freeform, while partaking in ‘cool fads’ to resist (if only symbolically) ‘the mans’ matrix of mediocrity. I read a book called the rebel sell (<<<<COSTS MONEY!!!) which in spite of being disinformative on numerous levels, really shook my political foundations, and made me question those subjective truths I held so dear. ‘The man’ was a concept that for the longest time sufficed as a symbol of the oppressive weight of collective greed for the better part of my conscious life. Without understanding the nuances and sophistication of modern propaganda and disinformation, nor the details of this web of lies, I simply bought in to the first ideology that appeared less selfish, and in many ways still is… in theory. (i.e. socialism) but when I learned about the 9/11 farce, it had the effect of rewiring everything I knew about the proverbial ‘man’. I started to ask things like… who is this ‘man’… was ‘he’ a logo? A corporation? A mere flaw in the system? But most importantly where were my comrades on this matter, which intuitively struck me as being so profoundly significant? Was I overexaggerating its importance like my comrades had suggested? Chasing a lost cause? Or was it them who were all just artists of delusion, marketing prepackaged rebellion and over the counter-cultural resistance? After thourougly researching the issue of 9/11, paddling through thickets of doubt, I came to the absolute conclusion that there was in fact some immense cover-up that had taken place, which entailed a corruption so pervasive yet subtle and silent, so damning to ones faith in big brother, that it became a disease; an addiction. It suddenly hit me that for the longest time, I was exercising blind faith in leftist talking heads, simply buying into what appeared to be a viable means of resistance. Then I thought about hollywood… and how easily the make believe can seem real… Meanwhile these socialist gurus wouldnt so much as address the issue, while becoming rich in marketing their fashionable rebellion. 9/11 revelations changed everything, because (from a psychological perspective) it created a knowledge void, which slowly begins to inhale ones entire worldview. If this was the extent of corruption I thought, the next rational question then was what else was a lie? How is this relevant NOW? What’s more, why were these liberal icons (to whom I allowed to fashion my ethics for so long) displaying such blatant ignorance towards such an essential piece of the puzzle? Were they afraid? Oblivious? Or at worst… complicit? There once was a time (I believe) when a person could confidently affirm their morality (regard for “the greater good”) by politically aligning themselves with the so called progressive parties. The Left has prided itself as the people’s wing, one that by default is assumed to advocate a more economically justified and thus freer society, by way of the highly anticipated, yet seldom (if ever) actualized, virtuous regulatory government. In some respects the left has had its moments of glory, be it in the wave of resistance that came to define the 1960’s and its attention towards women, gay, environmental and minority rights movements. They even have earned props for their widely publicized, yet largely inconsequential criticisms of the bush administrations torture and war policies which were easily appeased by throwing up a black version of the same person, that can actually read a teleprompter… So the whole leftist spiel became conventionally synonymous with “the good”. I say conveniently because the emphasis on community and economic equality are inherently more moral then the self-preservation fixation of the right, but what if these internecine (intra-slave) resolutions achieved by the socialist movement came at a cost of veiling greater injustices which were outside these divisive issues (sex roles, race, gender etc.)? What if the people who were selling you those books, also (directly or indirectly) helped propagate the notion that the small handful of people who owned everything, would not in some way directly “conspire” to sustain their best interests, but rather, that this was a mere symptom of a diseased global monetary system, something for which no one was directly to blame… What if they also lead you to believe that “conspiracy” was a taboo term… one which was to be feared and ridiculed… and only uttered on freakishly open-minded websites that claim to offer extra-dimensional streaming video from the reptilian mother ship… What the fuck if? They protest Bush, but what has that amounted to? He has after all gotten away with everything… Compartmentalization What if these people told you that the same system of centralized command, which utilizes compartmentalization (each member of a group having exclusive knowledge that when combined creates an agenda not known by any member) and secrecy to perform covert military research projects and operations the world over, could not be used against their own domestic populations? The United States nuclear program during WW2 and to this day, requires the confidentiality of thousands of people; and each day hundreds of workers take flights to area 51 and are sworn to secrecy as to what goes on there. So why then is it so incomprehensible that through a sophisticated chain of command (Need to know basis) and media control, that such a crime could be committed against a society that is too damn busy trying to outdo one another and SCARED of their own DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS to do anything about it? In light of the mountain of evidence implicating Mossad and the CIA (as summarized in links below) do you think its odd that the ‘peoples party’ (and its most prized representatives) completely disregard the issue of 9/11 as the mere paranoid fantasy of hundreds of scientists, scholars, politicians, aviation specialists, military personal; as an issue they "believe" is less relevant then torture? That is, the same torture practices used to gain the confession for the official conspiracy fantasy put forth by the US government that they have settled on? Why does the questioning stop at interrogation malpractice, and not put more weight on the consequences this may have had for the 9/11 investigation which has also been debunked as being completely rubbish. Perhaps most importantly … Why allow the christian right to commandeer the movement? The following smash is a break down of 3 outspoken and popular ‘progressives’ who seem to think that every issue tied to Neo conservative corruption is relevant, except of course for the most fundamental controversy; 9/11 (i.e. the point around which all their other talking points revolve). THE FREEDUMB FIGHTERS Naomi Klein Naomi claims that governments need catastrophe in order to capitalize on the shock that ensues thereafter for the sake of securing their own greedy ambitions on the not so free market. However, in spite of how necessary she feels this is, she for some reason doesn’t think it’s so necessary (in the face of all the evidence) that governments would do it themselves. I’ll repeat that… Government (the interests that run it) NEED disaster (hence disaster capitalism) to sustain the fake economy, but not so much that it would ever consider engineering threats when none naturally presented themselves. Right. They just simply wait for things to happen, and then their endless sociopathy, thirst for power and greed kicks in… OkEE!!! DO YOU REALLY THINK SHE COULD BELIEVE THAT KNOWING WHAT SHE DOES?!! GET REAL SON!!! Naomi is the master of conspiratorial pragmatism; no one knows how to dance around the minefield quite like this silver tongued beauty. If she thinks its suspicious then why not investigate it? MAYBE ITS BECAUSE THE CULTURE AND MARKET SURROUNDING IT ISN’T BIG ENOUGH!!! (LOL!!!<< Excerpt from the Shock doctrine "Believers in the shock doctrine are convinced that only great rupture-a flood, a war, a terrorist attack-can generate the kind of vast, clean canvases they crave." -N.K The Shock Doctrine p26 Translation "So its likely those believers would orchastrate these events if they felt it was "the only" way, and it may be worth investigating if we were actually serious about what we talk about! But instead I will continue to ramble on about Milton Friedman, and executive bonuses while never addressing the underlying crime of private banking!! In fact I will encourage the oppressive system by advocating that these banks start lending more debt to you from their fiat coffers, and then get mad at them when they dont and seem revolutionary. I wont out the criminal network orchastrating the fascade in investigating 9/11 because that would prompt a real public reaction, that we are not prepared to capitalize on. This is the part of my book I didnt talk about, its called Shock jock capitalism!"

Noam Chomsky Apart from promptly replying to emails, being 90% right most of the time and doing a fair bit to divert the rebellious youths attention away from the human element of corruption while focusing on intangible abstracts such as “the machine” or “the wealthy” unaccountable corporations, insignificant somebodies, peaceful protest and other easily tamed neo-Marxist babble, Chomsky has achieved a FAILing grade in his analysis of 9/11. Chomsky’s premature conclusion is that US elements had no hands in the attack, because the idea (to him the idealist) is just absurd. The same guy who has spent his life documenting corruption and imperialism thinks the idea is implausible, OKEE!!! No inconsistency there whatsoever!!! On the basis of this subjective absolution the ‘professor’ has concluded that investigating any other narratives or investigating period is a complete and utter waste of time. To add to this poorly thought out and reactive statement Chomsky adds that the issue itself is entirely irrelevant; that even if rogue elements within the government were complicit if not entirely responsible, that its no big deal, (!) and clearly wouldn’t provide any valuable leads that were in anyway significant in the present day, or have any ramifications on anything else in our society. GOTCHA! The Blowback Throwback He claims that the facts implicating US/ Israeli special interest involvement, may distort the concept of blowback. That is, if we were to assume it was not terrorists, it would imply that there is no resistance to American foreign policy, and undermine the message that is attempting to be communicated in such events. There is no doubt legitimate acts of terrorism performed everyday, which are a desperate attempt to resist globalization, this is not to say such acts are justified. They are about as unjust as the acts that provoked them. That said, this in itself (the ‘professors’ only real point with merit), this paranoia of compromising our worldview, is hardly scientific and sufficient to not at least want another fake independent investigation… no? Governments have been proven to commit false flag operations in the past to push forth agendas (like the incident which precipitated the Vietnam war in which Israeli/ Americans fired on their own ships!!), it is documented, declassified, it shoudlnt among any rational populous be viewed as a "far-fetched idea". To incriminate special interests should not necessarily have the effect of downplaying the concept of blowback and the impacts of globalization, this is simply fucking stupid, and it would appear does more to preserve Chomsky’s worldview and theories then it does truth. Lastly, he believes that because the issue is past, it is thus not worth exploring, yet its ok for him to ramble on citing instances of government corruption from as far back as required to validate his own ‘ism’ when he feels the urge to do so. This has to be the most pathetically, long-winded, insincere, uninformed explanation ever offered by a so called rebel. You sir disappoint me. Howard Zinn Howard Zinn, as with all of these individuals, has been an activist connoisseur, from WW2 hero, to anti-segregationist, to American anti-war spokesman, he has certainly made his contributions to the social justice movement. Being Jewish (like the majority of prominent American left wing spokespeople) and having a personal history with Nazism why would he not capitalize on this opportunity to incriminate the Bush nazi for this crime? He criticizes 9/11 truth as being an irreconcilable issue, yet somewhere in his mind believes a socialist utopia can manifest out of a society in which the media (and indy media) is either monopolized or being represented by pussies who dont want to ask hard questions… right O then old boy!!! If you and your bestselling cohorts would invest so much as 5 minutes in exploring, and generating awareness about the issue, this may have been resolved 7 years ago. Instead you’ll spend twice the amount of time trying to rationalize why the situation isn’t worth pursuing, and just let the other insecure nutjobs capitalize on it instead, until its too fucking late, and all you can do is sell us more fucking ebooks so we can arrogantly walk around and think we have the faintest idea as to how manipulated we are!!! Seeing as the Iraq war is “over” I guess we can stop exploring that now too as it can never be reconciled! In fact investigating anything that happened more then 5 seconds ago is a waste of time, so disregard the first part of this sentence… *This interview is so multilayered in its deception, not only do they appear as if they are very bad actors, Howard Zinns hypnotic programming with his repetition that "its a distraction" and the (FAKE "real news SHILLS… THEY SPEND HALF THE VIDEO ASKING FOR YOUR MONEY TO WEAVE THEIR PHONY-LIBERAL webSHITE), the interviewer programs the viewer that the MIHOP (government made it happen on purpose) argument is wildly extreme, wheras the LIHOP (government let it happen on purpose) is more accepted and thus… sane. The "real news" and their pathetically lame attempt at tackling this issue in a marketable way is 100% bullshit. Props for the disinfo though guys 🙂 Keith Olbermann This video has been removed due to terms of use violation(youtube) There isnt much to say about this guys angle on 9/11, other then that its the bottom feeder of this morally moronic bunch. Like Michael Moore, Bill Maher and John Stewart he doesnt go beyond critiquing the Bush administrations incompetency (i.e dignififying the idea that this cokehead cowboy actually did anything other then look dumb), shocking his viewers with his pretentious diatribes against Bushs IQ, protecting the Obama hope delusion as shit hits the fan in slow motion, and ashes ashes we all bow down… But its mainly the fact he buys into the Osama ordeal, thats whats naive. Anyways, all of the aforementioned people have conceded that something is fishy about 9/11 in the event itself or in its effect, (more or less) but also add: 1) THE “WE ARE TOO DUMB TO INVESTIGATE ARGUMENT” Basically that all these intelligently, outspoken and popular people (and anybody for that matter) are completley incompetent in investigating this issue, because they are simply braindead dunces who actually cheated on their university exams and slept with thier professors to get in the highest ranking academic positions they fill today. We couldnt figure it out even if we were smart enough because I guess we would be gagged or killed and they would have to blame that on the right to fuel the phony left/ right delusion. Thats not required quite yet. If it’s because they don’t want the stigma of “conspiracy theorist” tagged to their image, then how fucking renegade are they anyway? Come on, I mean… at least attack the neocons… they are only the tip of the iceberg, at least give us a show!!! FAAAAAAAAAACK SMIGGENS!!! 2) THE “THAT’S OLD NEWS ARGUMENT” That the issue is itself a red herring not worth pursuing, and takes us away from things happening right now which we will apply this SAME REASONING TO IN THE NEXT 5 YEARS??? Come again? That is in a few years, the Iraq war and torture will be non-issues, both of which began immediately post 9/11… (which since 2003, when Chomsky published a book regurgitating the official narrative on the topic, has been a non-issue). All these people contend that the issue of 9/11 is a red herring, and a distraction away from things occurring right now. Let’s assess the logic: 1) Things that happened in the past are less relevant then things happening now 2) Even though this is how all criminal cases work! 3) Therefore we should focus on more relevant things happening only now, because the future has no relationship with the past. We cannot research the past and the present concurrently because we cant chew gum and walk at the same time. If there were criminal elements then, its likely there are still criminal elements now, unless we are naïve idiots that is! How the fuck is that even a person with a 3rd grade intellect can comprehend the significance of 9/11, yet these refined academics need the causal relationship explained as if they were in special ed… 3) THE “CONSPIRACY THEORIES ARE A LIABILITY ARGUMENT” Translates into I enjoy my career and am content not overstepping my bounds and saying what needs to be said, and will gladly delegate this activity to some other group we will deem as a liability. If it is such a liability… then WHY is it such a liability!!! These people have a lot invested in the left/right polarity. What people don’t understand is that no matter where you find a rebel, you will find ego. The notion that the rebel is somehow selfless, and utilitarian rarely hits the mark, although this quality may be something that is aspired to. The ego is in the persona; ‘the hero’, sent there to slay the fire breathing corporate interests who’s incinerating the slaves. The nature of the rebel is to strive for perfection, if ones viewpoint comes under threat, they have to acknowledge an imperfection, and invalidate their righteous self-image. It comes down to not wanting to be proved wrong. 4) THE “ITS LIKE JFK ARGUMENT” When someone compares the incident of JFK to 9/11, tell them that you dont want to be their friend anymore. Im kidding… but really… One guy, who was paid to lie to the people (politician/ JFK) being killed, doesn’t approach the scale and importance of the events of 9/11, other then instating the left as morally superior. I believe that this is a subversive tactic as most view the JFK thing as no more then a American legend, or at best a nifty motion picture. When we relate 9/11 to JFK, we presume that the two are at par for their mysteriousness. BUMP THAT SHIT FROM YOUR MIND!!! The amount of evidence surrounding the 9/11 attacks is so overwhelming you can see it from fucking space! The fundamental difference is that JFK’s assassination didn’t aid in the fulfillment of some agenda, and was likely and inconvenience for the powers that be, if not to provide an example to JFK’s successors as to who was really in charge. 5) THE "THEY ARE TOO DUMB TOO PULL IT OFF ARGUMENT" The made atomic bombs, private banking, vaccines, laser weapons, and facebook. They are not stupid. Summary What are these people hiding from? Why would they allow the right-wing groups to commandeer the 9/11 truth movement, and risk being criticized for not doing so? Whose interest is being served by these people (whether directly or indirectly)? Is it because they see it as a threat to their prized notion of government intervention, in that if government proved to be so easily corrupted, that this would compromise the leftist ideologies? It wouldn’t, because if anything it would be special interests (criminals) within the government, and not the institution itself which bore the blame. People of such intellectual sophistication should know that… If they don’t then WTF smiggens!!! HEY I KNOW!!! LETS JUST DEMAND MORE SHITTY JOBS, TO SAVE UP TO BUY DUMB SHIT AND TWEET WITH ONE ANOTHER ON HUGE FUCK YOU LCD SCREENS!!!! WOULDNT THAT BE NEAT!!! Is it because they risked being blackballed by the media, like anyone else who has expressed similar concerns (with the exception of all the so called truther shills you are going to see a lot more off soon, preaching less indicting truths, making TV shows about the 9/11 conspiracy and trying to sell you more T-shirts while they prepare to give you 9/11 commission report 2.0). what has been the consequence of their works in social justice, asides from whatever little crumb the establishment would have given us anyway? What’s relevant though is that these outspoken, highly acclaimed, academic powerhouses won’t touch the issue with a ten foot pole. Instead they insist we must focus solely on the future and remain completely ignorant to the socio-historical progression of events that shaped the world we live in right now. This scientific negligence could not be more profound!!! They are exhibiting the same attitude and depth of analyis as their arch rivals (the washington generals) in the manner with which they address this issue. This can not be emphasized enough!!! What’s more, and perhaps the most fundamental contradiction, is that if they felt this issue was fishy (like they admi), why not use their socio-political superstardom to bring much needed attention to the issue, so it could be resolved more quickly, freeing up more time to gab on endlessly about the morality of torture, and other New York Times bestsellers… A Chomskyite talking to a CIA operative LEFTY- “IF IT WASN’T OSAMA WHO WAS IT THEN??” OPERATIVE-“Oh… was some other patsy we tortured for 5 years, and convicted in a kangaroo court in another country, and oh yeah no press coverage… sorry… our bad” LEFTY-“Oh phew, I’m glad! For a second there I actually thought that criminal elements of the government that rules us all with ease were the ones who told the military not to intervene and blow up skyscrapers, which among many others housed the central intelligence agency! Nope, these schizotypal fantasies were but figments of our own imagination, planted their by our own righteous indignation and unconscious envy of elitist power!” OPERATIVE- “Hey its no problem, we’ve been doing this for many years!” LEFTY- “Thanks bro… I mean… big bro!!! I am content that no further explanation or investigation is required and I can now continue rambling on about Blackwater, republicans, banker bonuses and anything else that will steer attention away from the actual criminal elements orchestrating this facade, while selling lots of books and gaining worldwide acclaim!!!” THIS IS TO BE ACCEPTED AS OUR SOCIETIES HIGHPOINT OF INDEPENDENT THOUGHT… THESE ARE THE PEOPLE WE HAVE PASSIVELY PERCEIVED AS THE FRONTLINE CRITICS AND PROTECTORS OF OUR FREEDUMB, IT IS THEIR CRITICISM THAT SETS THE STANDARD FOR MAINSTREAM INDEPENDENT THOUGHT, AND IF THEY REFUSE TO ADDRESS ONE OF THE MOST SIGNIFICANT SCAMS OF THE 21st CENTURY THEN THAT IS (IN A RATIONAL WORLD) in IN ITSELF SOMETHING WORTHY OF INVESTIGATION. WHY DONT THEY JUST HELP PEOPLE BLOW THE CASE WIDE OPEN AND GET TO THE SOURCE OF THE PROBLEM ALREADY??? BECAUSE THEY COULD!!! Everyone on the left is dodging an attempt to strike a REAL blow to their nemesis Neocons that they have for so long worked to villify? Why? Maybe, (just maybe) its because this whole thing is a fking I L L U S I O N…. LINKAGE Top 40 reasons to doubt the official story http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20041221155307646 more reasons… MOSSAD INVOLVEMENT: >http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SnKppff5yQ8 http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-2476236615883083042&q=911&total=69443&start=10&num=10&so=1&type=search&plindex=4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LecYbWM5Oao http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UbJfQhx6VD8 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wf4AJamG5q0 Mossad in Mexico (false flag) October 2001 http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/mex.html Stranger than fiction: Overview of Israeli involvement hypothesis http://www.apfn.org/apfn/WTC_STF.htm MEDIA http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cjli_cwkPrw http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-1924713884381340007&q=bollyn+christopher&total=95&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=3 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ko_N4BcaIPY http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwIlJz_m_E8 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LNsSn6D3CP4&feature=related http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-4199226312826868396&q=911&total=75250&start=0&num=10&so=1&type=search&plindex=3 http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-3725156029688698960&q=media+911&total=2619&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=3 http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-4659034457469605962&q=BBC+wtc7&total=375&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=1 http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=6737097743434902428&q=journalism&total=5229&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zitgib01rdI CBS: 911 truth propaganda http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2006/12/08/opinion/main2242387.shtml The Fifth Estate on 9/11: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-9169904580025714112&q=cbc%20911&total=28&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=1 Stifling Dissent: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-2005702096684408965&q=911&total=69642&start=0&num=10&so=1&type=search&plindex=2 CONTROLLED DEMOLITION HYPOTHESIS WTC7: http://stj911.org/hypotheses/official.html http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=2073592843640256739&q=WTC%207&total=1793&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=2 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q8XToX7aSdg http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=LD06SAf0p9A http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=GEPjOi2dQSM http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=zO-9-rCiDJA http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-7353113334409988562&q=wtc+7+rare&total=15&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=9 http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-7353113334409988562&q=wtc+7+rare&total=15&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=9 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WB3IvA8WCyo Videos of collapses http://investigate911.se/ Molten steel shower http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f2I3vRbxMWo On NIST http://911research.wtc7.net/essays/nist/index.html Gordon Gross MEng http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4801566025292753615&hl=en Explosives http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8n-nT-luFIw&feature=related Danny Jwenko on WTC 7 (controlled demolition expert): http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-7822522174919552094&q=danny%20jowenko&total=32&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 Guilliani on ‘the way buildings……………………………………..Usually collapse…’ http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=1621752742986156589&q=wtc+7+collapse&total=660&start=10&num=10&so=3&type=search&plindex=2 John Gross (NIST researcher) lying about existence of molten steel: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-7180303712325092501&q=john+gross&total=518&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 NIST coverup http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=7465849608574246153&q=NIST&total=912&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=9 Tower Collapse footage: http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=EZeaW4ybejs&feature=related http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=a7e79Tjt5Gk&feature=related http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=E5_TIrTp7J8&feature=related http://ca.youtube.com/watch?v=soRbQvCLlco How the towers fell: Presentation by Richard Gage @ U of M: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=3118021782753292874&q=how%20the%20towers%20fell&total=253&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 NIST: Admits total collapse unexplainable! http://www.911proof.com/NIST.pdf FEMA report http://www.fema.gov/rebuild/mat/wtcstudy.shtm Improbable Collapse: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4026073566596731782&q=improbable%20collapse Flashes from buildings http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ktTFn_A0A6M http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VUBAHEfvqtg http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dUThLhyuDfw http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cCAoJuDw2Ic http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=soRbQvCLlco http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-S8MQhQtj0A 9/11 Revisited: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=4424806872129570005&q=documentary%20duration:long&total=6377&start=50&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=9 9/11 commission report http://www.gpoaccess.gov/911/pdf/fullreport.pdf 9/11 omissions and distortions http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6837001821567284154 Able danger info http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NlLKu8VtfIc http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lSTip84eIfw Flight 77 (pentagon) Interview with Dennis Cemino http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=2052484937239620900&hl=en Flight 93 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JZekosYOmXc&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-59kouBgO_s Pentagon http://www.thepentacon.com/googlesmokinggun.htm 9/11 Myth and Reality: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-275577066688213413&q=david%20ray%20griffin&total=301&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 9/11 Press for truth http://video.google.co.uk/videoplay?docid=3979568779414136481&q=911+press+for+truth&total=207&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=2 American Scholars Symposium: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-4258946892514662399&q=911+symposium 9/11 and the American Empire: Intellectuals speak out: http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article15752.htm Freedom to Fascism: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-1656880303867390173 911 mysteries http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8172271955308136871 Loosechange: http://www.laughingpond.com/ 9/11 Eyewitness: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=6498070204870579516&q=debunking%20911%20duration:long&total=6&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=2 John McMurtry PhD. on 9/11 cover up: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-5592149550537549159&q=john%20mcmurtry&total=9&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=2 _____________________________________ DEBATES John McMurtry PHD (commentary and CBC debate on warcrimes) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sdetleRM-4w 911 debate on Thom Hartmann http://mediamonarchy.blogspot.com/2007/11/911-debate-on-thom-hartmann-show.html Kevin Smith (infowars producer) Vs A firefighter and the Fox asshole mediator http://almostsuccessfully.blogspot.com/2006/11/kevin-smith-debates-911-fireman-on-fox.html European Parliament: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=05W7YjNS1gU&eurl=http://www.911truth.org/ Japanese Parliament: http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-1234094710872279854&q=japanese+911+parliament&total=19&start=0νm=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=1 Loose Change Vs Popular Mechanics http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=5726201197821156566&q=911+debate&total=647&start=0&num=10&so=0&type=search&plindex=0 Loose change VS Mark Roberts http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XYYfahSy5kE New Hampshire University junior debate http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n9eAAgTnop8 =============================== —————–‘DEBUNKING’ WEBSITES—————- The best debunking video on the web: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UgOWrumhIk8 Govt. response: http://usinfo.state.gov/media/Archive/2005/Sep/16-241966.html http://wtc.nist.gov/pubs/factsheets/faqs_8_2006.htm independent sites: http://www.debunking911.com/ http://www.publiceye.org/conspire/ http://www.popularmechanics.com/science/defense/1227842.html?page=1&c=y –>rebuttal: http://911research.wtc7.net/essays/pm/ http://jod911.com/ http://www.911myths.com/ http://www.counterpunch.org/physic11282006.html http://www.counterpunch.org/thermo11282006.html http://www.counterpunch.org/darkfire11282006.html ================================= ALL OF THE LINKS BELOW WERE PLAGARIZED IN FULL FROM THE GROUP ‘The 911 truth project’ CHEERS TO THEM FOR COMPILING THE FOLLOWING DETAILED INFORMATION ————————————————————- FOREKNOWLEDGE Foreign Intelligence Warnings http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/timeline.jsp?timeline=complete_911_timeline&warning_signs:_specific_cases=foreignIntelligence pre-9/11 Insider Trading on Airline Stock http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/timeline.jsp?timeline=complete_911_timeline&before_9/11=insiderTrading —————————————————– DAY OF 9/11 An Interesting Day: President Bush’s Movements and Actions on 9/11 http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/essay.jsp?article=essayaninterestingday —>possible assassination attempt on Bush in the above ————————————————— U.S. AIR DEFENSE FAILURE The Failure to Defend the Skies on 9/11 http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/essay.jsp?article=essayairdefense 9/11 Live: The NORAD Tapes http://www.vanityfair.com/politics/features/2006/08/norad200608 Norman Mineta testimony (stand-down order for AA77?) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bDfdOwt2v3Y Surviellance-Intervention software for FAA, NORAD, Air Force made by Saudi-Terror financed corporation: P-TECH http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8228336760154277932&q=Indira+Singh&hl=en —its also likely a CIA front —————————————————— THE 9/11 HIJACKERS Atta’s close associate [Wolfgang Bohringer] is a CIA asset? http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BJovIhNrmE Ring Leader Mohamed Atta http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-6456867285177039347 Heroin Racket, M Atta, US protection http://www.madcowprod.com/08172005.html http://www.scoop.co.nz/stories/HL0602/S00298.htm “Alhazmi and Almihdhar: The 9/11 Hijackers Who Should Have Been Caught?’ → lived w/ an FBI Asset → the two are possible Saudi Intel Agents http://cooperativeresearch.org/essay.jsp?article=essaykhalidandnawaf A Turkish group linked w/ neocons and AIPAC issued Visas for at least two of the hijackers http://www.dailykos.com/story/2007/3/20/61740/4471 ‘How the FBI protected Al Qaeda’s 9/11 Hijacking Trainer: New Revelations about Ali Mohamed’ http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=SCO20061008&articleId=3422 –Ali Mohamed was also Bin Laden’s Body Guard ‘Let’s discuss the 9/11 hijackers’ http://valis.cjb.cc/hijackers.html Bush-atta-911 the viscous lie http://video.google.ca/videoplay?docid=-2163192576817302216&q=911&total=60389&start=20&num=10&so=1&type=search&plindex=0 —————————————————— 9/11 Money Trail Paki’s ISI–$100Gs–> 9/11 Ring Leader Atta http://lsu.facebook.com/photo.php?pid=32724158&o=all&op=1&view=all⊂j=2204662566&aid=-1&id=23412877&oid=2204662566 Sting Op. Exposes Al-Qaeda, ISI, & Drug Connects http://cooperativeresearch.org/timeline.jsp?timeline=complete_911_timeline&startpos=900#a061201sting —————————————————— Osama Bin Laden ‘Bin Laden meets CIA agent while at Dubai Hospital in July, 2001’ http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/context.jsp?item=a070401dubai#a070401dubai FBI says:“No hard evidence connecting Bin Laden to 9/11′ http://www.teamliberty.net/id267.html ——————————————————- THE WHISTLEBLOWERS Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, Able Danger Whistle-Blower http://www.abledangerblog.com/timeline/ http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GPWF8JW7jJw FBI operative Randy Glass http://www.sanderhicks.com/glass.html FBI translator Sibel Edmonds http://www.justacitizen.org http://home.comcast.net/~gold9472/sibel.pdf FBI Agent Kenneth Williams & The Phoenix Memo http://www.thesmokinggun.com/archive/0412042phoenix1.html FBI Agent Coleen Rowley http://www.sourcewatch.org/index.php?title=Coleen_Rowley FBI Agent Wright http://www.scoop.co.nz/stories/HL0206/S00001.htm http://www.judicialwatch.org/2469.shtml Attorney David Schippers, House Judiciary Committee’s chief investigator in the Clinton impeachment trial (scroll down on link) http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/entity.jsp?entity=david_schippers Al-Qaeda trainee Niaz Khan warns FBI about hijack plot http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/5131524/ Family Dentist 9/11 Whistle-Blower Dead After Poisoning http://www.alternet.org/blogs/peek/50244 http://tiguhs.gnn.tv/blogs/20627/Shreveport_Louisiana_9_11_Terrorist_Whistle_Blower_Dead_After_Poisoning CIA destruction of evidence http://www.iht.com/articles/2007/12/06/america/06cia.php —————————————————- PRE-9/11 WAR PLANS: for Afghanistan: http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/south_asia/1550366.stm for Iraq Too: http://www.boston.com/news/nation/articles/2004/01/11/bush_began_iraq_plan_pre_911_oneill_says/ ——————————————————- ISRAELI MOSSAD SURVEILLANCE OF 9/11 HIJACKERS Govt. Memo to Commission on Israeli Surveillance http://www.antiwar.com/rep2/MemorandumtotheCommissionandSelectCommitteesbold.pdf ‘Israel – By Paul Thompson’ http://www.yourbbsucks.com/forum/showthread.php?t=5867 —transcribed from’The Terror Timeline’- Chapter 14 http://www.counterpunch.org/ketcham03072007.html ————————————————— PROMIS SOFTWARE & 9/11 Surviellance-Intervention software for FAA, NORAD, Air Force made Saudi-Terror financed corporation: P-TECH http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8228336760154277932&q=Indira+Singh&hl=en PROMIS software http://onlinejournal.com/artman/publish/article_1322.shtml P-tech whistle-blower: Indira Singh http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8228336760154277932&q=Indira+Singh&hl=en http://www.cooperativeresearch.org/entity.jsp?entity=indira_singh Marsh–Silverstream whistle-blower Richard Andrew Grove http://www.rinf.com/columnists/news/911-whistleblower-richard-andrew-grove-transcript ————————————————– Rogue Networks: Wall Street, Banks, Corporations, ‘9/11 in Historical Perspective: Flawed Assumptions Deep Politics: Drugs, Oil, Covert Operations and Terrorism,’ http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=viewArticle&code=SCO20050729&articleId=759 —————————————————– OTHER: Pentagon Missing $2.3 trillion, announced Sept. 10, 2001: http://youtube.com/watch?v=gUKJNxdmX6Y http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2002/01/29/eveningnews/main325985.shtml WTC-7’s collapse: http://www.wtc7.net http://www.studyof911.com/articles/winstonwtc701/ see whole story here: www.fadsmashers.com ********************************************************************************************************************** "OSAMAGATE" by Michel Chossudovsky Professor of Economics, University of Ottawa Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG), Montréal Posted at globalresearch.ca 9 October 2001 Confronted with mounting evidence, the US Administration can no longer deny its links to Osama. While the CIA admits that Osama bin Laden was an "intelligence asset" during the Cold War, the relationship is said to "go way back". Most news reports consider that these Osama-CIA links belong to the "bygone era" of the Soviet-Afghan war. They are invariably viewed as "irrelevant" to an understanding of present events. Lost in the barrage of recent history, the role of the CIA in supporting and developing international terrorist organisations during the Cold war and its aftermath is casually ignored or downplayed by the Western media. Yes, We did support Him, but "He Went Against Us" A blatant example of media distortion is the so-called "blowback" thesis: "intelligence assets" are said to "have gone against their sponsors"; "what we’ve created blows back in our face."1 In a twisted logic, the US government and the CIA are portrayed as the ill-fated victims: The sophisticated methods taught to the Mujahideen, and the thousands of tons of arms supplied to them by the US – and Britain – are now tormenting the West in the phenomenon known as `blowback’, whereby a policy strategy rebounds on its own devisers. 2 The US media, nonetheless, concedes that "the Taliban’s coming to power [in 1995] is partly the outcome of the U.S. support of the Mujahideen, the radical Islamic group, in the 1980s in the war against the Soviet Union".3 But it also readily dismisses its own factual statements and concludes in chorus, that the CIA had been tricked by a deceitful Osama. It’s like "a son going against his father". The "blowback" thesis is a fabrication. The evidence amply confirms that the CIA never severed its ties to the "Islamic Militant Network". Since the end of the Cold War, these covert intelligence links have not only been maintained, they have in become increasingly sophisticated. New undercover initiatives financed by the Golden Crescent drug trade were set in motion in Central Asia, the Caucasus and the Balkans. Pakistan’s military and intelligence apparatus (controlled by the CIA) essentially "served as a catalyst for the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the emergence of six new Muslim republics in Central Asia." 4 Replicating the Iran Contragate Pattern Remember Ollie North and the Nicaraguan Contras under the Reagan Administration when weapons financed by the drug trade were channeled to "freedom fighters" in Washington’s covert war against the Sandinista government. The same pattern was used in the Balkans to arm and equip the Mujahideen fighting in the ranks of the Bosnian Muslim army against the Armed Forces of the Yugoslav Federation. Throughout the 1990s, the Pakistan Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) was used by the CIA as a go-between — to channel weapons and Mujahideen mercenaries to the Bosnian Muslim Army in the civil war in Yugoslavia. According to a report of the London based International Media Corporation: "Reliable sources report that the United States is now [1994] actively participating in the arming and training of the Muslim forces of Bosnia-Herzegovina in direct contravention of the United Nations accords. US agencies have been providing weapons made in … China (PRC), North Korea (DPRK) and Iran. The sources indicated that … Iran, with the knowledge and agreement of the US Government, supplied the Bosnian forces with a large number of multiple rocket launchers and a large quantity of ammunition. These included 107mm and 122mm rockets from the PRC, and VBR-230 multiple rocket launchers … made in Iran. … It was [also] reported that 400 members of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard (Pasdaran) arrived in Bosnia with a large supply of arms and ammunition. It was alleged that the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) had full knowledge of the operation and that the CIA believed that some of the 400 had been detached for future terrorist operations in Western Europe. During September and October [1994], there has been a stream of "Afghan" Mujahedin … covertly landed in Ploce, Croatia (South-West of Mostar) from where they have traveled with false papers … before deploying with the Bosnian Muslim forces in the Kupres, Zenica and Banja Luka areas. These forces have recently [late 1994] experienced a significant degree of military success. They have, according to sources in Sarajevo, been aided by the UNPROFOR Bangladesh battalion, which took over from a French battalion early in September [1994]. The Mujahedin landing at Ploce are reported to have been accompanied by US Special Forces equipped with high-tech communications equipment, … The sources said that the mission of the US troops was to establish a command, control, communications and intelligence network to coordinate and support Bosnian Muslim offensives — in concert with Mujahideen and Bosnian Croat forces — in Kupres, Zenica and Banja Luka. Some offensives have recently been conducted from within the UN-established safe-havens in the Zenica and Banja Luka regions. (…) The US Administration has not restricted its involvement to the clandestine contravention of the UN arms embargo on the region … It [also] committed three high-ranking delegations over the past two years [prior to 1994] in failed attempts to bring the Yugoslav Government into line with US policy. Yugoslavia is the only state in the region to have failed to acquiesce to US pressure.5 "From the Horse’s Mouth" Ironically, the US Administration’s undercover military-intelligence operations in Bosnia have been fully documented by the Republican Party. A lengthy Congressional report by the Republican Party Committee (RPC) published in 1997, largely confirms the International Media Corporation report quoted above. The RPC Congressional report accuses the Clinton administration of having "helped turn Bosnia into a militant Islamic base" leading to the recruitment through the so-called "Militant Islamic Network," of thousands of Mujahideen from the Muslim world: Perhaps most threatening to the SFOR mission – and more importantly, to the safety of the American personnel serving in Bosnia – is the unwillingness of the Clinton Administration to come clean with the Congress and with the American people about its complicity in the delivery of weapons from Iran to the Muslim government in Sarajevo. That policy, personally approved by Bill Clinton in April 1994 at the urging of CIA Director-designate (and then-NSC chief) Anthony Lake and the U.S. ambassador to Croatia Peter Galbraith, has, according to the Los Angeles Times (citing classified intelligence community sources), "played a central role in the dramatic increase in Iranian influence in Bosnia. (…) Along with the weapons, Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence operatives entered Bosnia in large numbers, along with thousands of mujahedin ("holy warriors") from across the Muslim world. Also engaged in the effort were several other Muslim countries (including Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, and Turkey) and a number of radical Muslim organizations. For example, the role of one Sudan-based "humanitarian organization," called the Third World Relief Agency, has been well documented. The Clinton Administration’s "hands-on" involvement with the Islamic network’s arms pipeline included inspections of missiles from Iran by U.S. government officials… the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA), a Sudan-based, phoney humanitarian organization … has been a major link in the arms pipeline to Bosnia. … TWRA is believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Bin Laden, a wealthy Saudi émigré believed to bankroll numerous militant groups. [Washington Post, 9/22/96] 6 Complicity of the Clinton Administration In other words, the Republican Party Committee report confirms unequivocally the complicity of the Clinton Administration with several Islamic fundamentalist organisations including Osama bin Laden’s al Qaeda. The Republicans wanted at the time to undermine the Clinton Administration. However, at a time when the entire country had its eyes riveted on the Monica Lewinsky scandal, the Republicans no doubt chose not to trigger an untimely "Iran-Bosniagate" affair, which might have unduly diverted public attention away from the Lewinsky scandal. The Republicans wanted to impeach Bill Clinton "for having lied to the American People" regarding his affair with White House intern Monica Lewinsky. On the more substantive "foreign policy lies" regarding drug running and covert operations in the Balkans, Democrats and Republicans agreed in unison, no doubt pressured by the Pentagon and the CIA not to "spill the beans". From Bosnia to Kosovo The "Bosnian pattern" described in the 1997 Congressional RPC report was replicated in Kosovo. With the complicity of NATO and the US State Department. Mujahideen mercenaries from the Middle East and Central Asia were recruited to fight in the ranks of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) in 1998-99, largely supporting NATO’s war effort. Confirmed by British military sources, the task of arming and training of the KLA had been entrusted in 1998 to the US Defence Intelligence Agency (DIA) and Britain’s Secret Intelligence Services MI6, together with "former and serving members of 22 SAS [Britain’s 22nd Special Air Services Regiment], as well as three British and American private security companies".7 The US DIA approached MI6 to arrange a training programme for the KLA, said a senior British military source. `MI6 then sub-contracted the operation to two British security companies, who in turn approached a number of former members of the (22 SAS) regiment. Lists were then drawn up of weapons and equipment needed by the KLA.’ While these covert operations were continuing, serving members of 22 SAS Regiment, mostly from the unit’s D Squadron, were first deployed in Kosovo before the beginning of the bombing campaign in March. 8 While British SAS Special Forces in bases in Northern Albania were training the KLA, military instructors from Turkey and Afghanistan financed by the "Islamic jihad" were collaborating in training the KLA in guerilla and diversion tactics.9: Bin Laden had visited Albania himself. He was one of several fundamentalist groups that had sent units to fight in Kosovo, … Bin Laden is believed to have established an operation in Albania in 1994 … Albanian sources say Sali Berisha, who was then president, had links with some groups that later proved to be extreme fundamentalists. 10 Congressional Testimonies on KLA-Osama links According to Frank Ciluffo of the Globalized Organised Crime Program, in a testimony presented to the House of Representatives Judicial Committee: What was largely hidden from public view was the fact that the KLA raise part of their funds from the sale of narcotics. Albania and Kosovo lie at the heart of the "Balkan Route" that links the "Golden Crescent" of Afghanistan and Pakistan to the drug markets of Europe. This route is worth an estimated $400 billion a year and handles 80 percent of heroin destined for Europe. 11 According to Ralf Mutschke of Interpol’s Criminal Intelligence division also in a testimony to the House Judicial Committee: The U.S. State Department listed the KLA as a terrorist organization, indicating that it was financing its operations with money from the international heroin trade and loans from Islamic countries and individuals, among them allegedly Usama bin Laden" . Another link to bin Laden is the fact that the brother of a leader in an Egyptian Jihad organization and also a military commander of Usama bin Laden, was leading an elite KLA unit during the Kosovo conflict. 12 Madeleine Albright Covets the KLA These KLA links to international terrorism and organised crime documented by the US Congress were totally ignored by the Clinton Administration. In fact, in the months preceding the bombing of Yugoslavia, Secretary of State Madeleine Albright was busy building a "political legitimacy" for the KLA. The paramilitary army had –from one day to the next– been elevated to the status of a bona fide "democratic" force in Kosovo. In turn, Madeleine Albright has forced the pace of international diplomacy: the KLA had been spearheaded into playing a central role in the failed "peace negotiations" at Rambouiillet in early 1999. The Senate and the House tacitly endorse State Terrorism While the various Congressional reports confirmed that the US government had been working hand in glove with Osama bin Laden’s Al Qaeda, this did not prevent the Clinton and later the Bush Administration from arming and equipping the KLA. The Congressional documents also confirm that members of the Senate and the House knew the relationship of the Administration to international terrorism. To quote the statement of Rep. John Kasich of the House Armed Services Committee: "We connected ourselves [in 1998-99] with the KLA, which was the staging point for bin Laden…" 13 In the wake of the tragic events of September 11, Republicans and Democrats in unison have given their full support to the President to "wage war on Osama". In 1999, Senator Jo Lieberman had stated authoritatively that "Fighting for the KLA is fighting for human rights and American values." In the hours following the October 7 missile attacks on Afghanistan, the same Jo Lieberman called for punitive air strikes against Iraq: "We’re in a war against terrorism… We can’t stop with bin Laden and the Taliban." Yet Senator Jo Lieberman, as member of the Armed Services Committee of the Senate had access to all the Congressional documents pertaining to "KLA-Osama" links. In making this statement, he was fully aware that that agencies of the US government as well as NATO were supporting international terrorism. The War in Macedonia In the wake of the 1999 war in Yugoslavia, the terrorist activities of the KLA were extended into Southern Serbia and Macedonia. Meanwhile, the KLA –renamed the Kosovo Protection Corps (KPC)– was elevated to United Nations status, implying the granting of "legitimate" sources of funding through United Nations as well as through bilateral channels, including direct US military aid. And barely two months after the official inauguration of the KPC under UN auspices (September 1999), KPC-KLA commanders – using UN resources and equipment – were already preparing the assaults into Macedonia, as a logical follow-up to their terrorist activities in Kosovo. According to the Skopje daily Dnevnik, the KPC had established a "sixth operation zone" in Southern Serbia and Macedonia: Sources, who insist on anonymity, claim that the headquarters of the Kosovo protection brigades [i.e. linked to the UN sponsored KPC] have [March 2000] already been formed in Tetovo, Gostivar and Skopje. They are being prepared in Debar and Struga [on the border with Albania] as well, and their members have defined codes. 14 According to the BBC, "Western special forces were still training the guerrillas" meaning that they were assisting the KLA in opening up "a sixth operation zone" in Southern Serbia and Macedonia. 15 "The Islamic Militant Network" and NATO join hands in Macedonia Among the foreign mercenaries now fighting in Macedonia (October 2001) in the ranks of self-proclaimed National Liberation Army (NLA), are Mujahideen from the Middle East and the Central Asian republics of the former Soviet Union. Also within the KLA’s proxy force in Macedonia are senior US military advisers from a private mercenary outfit on contract to the Pentagon as well as "soldiers of fortune" from Britain, Holland and Germany. Some of these Western mercenaries had previously fought with the KLA and the Bosnian Muslim Army. 16 Extensively documented by the Macedonian press and statements of the Macedonian authorities, the US government and the "Islamic Militant Network" are working hand in glove in supporting and financing the self-proclaimed National Liberation Army (NLA), involved in the terrorist attacks in Macedonia. The NLA is a proxy of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA). In turn the KLA and the UN sponsored Kosovo Protection Corps (KPC) are identical institutions with the same commanders and military personnel. KPC Commanders on UN salaries are fighting in the NLA together with the Mujahideen. In a bitter twist, while supported and financed by Osama bin Laden’s Al Qaeda, the KLA-NLA is also supported by NATO and the United Nations mission to Kosovo (UNMIK). In fact, the "Islamic Militant Network" –also using Pakistan’s Inter Service Intelligence (ISI) as the CIA’s go-between– still constitutes an integral part of Washington’s covert military-intelligence operations in Macedonia and Southern Serbia. The KLA-NLA terrorists are funded from US military aid, the United Nations peace-keeping budget as well as by several Islamic organisations including Osama bin Laden’s Al Qaeda. Drug money is also being used to finance the terrorists with the complicity of the US government. The recruitment of Mujahideen to fight in the ranks of the NLA in Macedonia is implemented through various Islamic groups. US military advisers mingle with Mujahideen within the same paramilitary force, Western mercenaries from NATO countries fight alongside Mujahideen recruited in the Middle East and Central Asia. And the US media calls this a "blowback" where so-called "intelligence assets" have gone against their sponsors! But this did not happen during the Cold war! It is happening right now in Macedonia. And it is confirmed by numerous press reports, eyewitness accounts, photographic evidence as well as official statements by the Macedonian Prime Minister, who has accused the Western military alliance of supporting the terrorists. Moreover, the official Macedonian New Agency (MIA) has pointed to the complicity between Washington’s envoy Ambassador James Pardew and the NLA terrorists. 17 In other words, the so-called "intelligence assets" are still serving the interests of their US sponsors. Pardew’s background is revealing in this regard. He started his Balkans career in 1993 as a senior intelligence officer for the Joint Chiefs of Staff responsible for channeling US aid to the Bosnian Muslim Army. Coronel Pardew had been put in charge of arranging the "air-drops" of supplies to Bosnian forces. At the time, these "air drops" were tagged as "civilian aid". It later transpired –confirmed by the RPC Congressional report– that the US had violated the arms embargo. And James Pardew played an important role as part of the team of intelligence officials working closely with the Chairman of the National Security Council Anthony Lake. Pardew was later involved in the Dayton negotiations (1995) on behalf of the US Defence Department. In 1999, prior to the bombing of Yugoslavia, he was appointed "Special Representative for Military Stabilisation and Kosovo Implementation" by President Clinton. One of his tasks was to channel support to the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA), which at the time was also being supported by Osama bin Laden. Pardew was in this regard instrumental in replicating the "Bosnian pattern" in Kosovo and subsequently in Macedonia… Justification for Waging War The Bush Administration has stated that it has proof that Osama bin Laden is behind the attacks on the WTC and the Pentagon. In the words of British Prime Minister Tony Blair: "I have seen absolutely powerful and incontrovertible evidence of his [Osama] link to the events of the 11th of September." 18 What Tony Blair fails to mention is that agencies of the US government including the CIA continue to "harbor" Osama bin Laden’s Al Qaeda. A major war supposedly "against international terrorism" has been launched by a government which is harboring international terrorism as part of its foreign policy agenda. In other words, the main justification for waging war has been totally fabricated. The American people have been deliberately and consciously misled by their government into supporting a major military adventure which affects our collective future. This decision to mislead the American people was taken barely a few hours after the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Centre. Without supporting evidence, Osama had already been tagged as the "prime suspect." Two days later on Thursday the 13th of September –while the FBI investigations had barely commenced– President Bush pledged to "lead the world to victory". The Administration confirmed its intention to embark on "a sustained military campaign rather than a single dramatic action" directed against Osama bin Laden. 19 In addition to Afghanistan, a number of countries in the Middle East were mentioned as possible targets including Iraq, Iran, Libya and the Sudan. And several prominent US political figures and media pundits have demanded that the air strikes be extended to other countries "which harbour international terrorism." According to intelligence sources, Osama bin Laden’s al Qaeda has operations in some 50 to 60 countries providing ample pretext to intervene in several "rogue states" in the Middle East and Central Asia. Moreover, the entire US Legislature –with only one honest and courageous dissenting voice in the House of Representatives– has tacitly endorsed the Administration’s decision to go war. Members of the House and the Senate have access through the various committees to official confidential reports and intelligence documents which prove beyond doubt that agencies of the US government have ties to international terrorism. They cannot say "we did not know". In fact, most of this evidence is in the public domain. Under the historical resolution of the US Congress adopted by both the House and the Senate on the 14th of September: The president is authorized to use all necessary and appropriate force against those nations, organizations, or persons he determines planned, authorized, committed, or aided the terrorist attacks that occurred on Sept. 11, 2001, or harbored such organizations or persons, in order to prevent any future acts of international terrorism against the United States by such nations, organizations or persons. Whereas there is no evidence that agencies of the US government "aided the terrorist attacks" on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, there is ample and detailed evidence that agencies of the US government as well as NATO, have since the end of the Cold War continued to "harbor such organizations". Patriotism cannot be based on a falsehood, particularly when it constitutes a pretext for waging war and killing innocent civilians. Ironically, the text of the Congressional resolution also constitutes a "blowback" against the US sponsors of international terrorism. The resolution does not exclude the conduct of an "Osamagate" inquiry, as well as appropriate actions against agencies and/or individuals of the US government, who may have collaborated with Osama bin Laden’s Al Qaeda. And the evidence indelibly points directly to the Bush Administration. Notes United Press International (UPI), 15 September 2001. The Guardian, London, 15 September 2001. UPI, op cit, For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Who is Osama bin Laden, Centre for Research on Globalisation, 12 September 2001, http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO109C.html. International Media Corporation Defense and Strategy Policy, US Commits Forces, Weapons to Bosnia, London, 31 October 1994. Congressional Press Release, Republican Party Committee (RPC), US Congress, Clinton-Approved Iranian Arms Transfers Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base, 16 January 1997, available on the website of the Centre of Research on Globalisation (CRG) at http://globalresearch.ca/articles/DCH109A.html. The original document is on the website of the US Senate Republican Party Committee (Senator Larry Craig), at http://www.senate.gov/~rpc/releases/1997/iran.htm) The Scotsman, Glasgow, 29 August 1999. Ibid. Truth in Media, Kosovo in Crisis, Phoenix, Arizona, 2 April 1999 Sunday Times, London, 29 November 1998. US Congress, Testimony of Frank J. Cilluffo , Deputy Director, Global Organized Crime, Program director to the House Judiciary Committee, 13 December 2000. US Congress, Testimony of Ralf Mutschke of Interpol’s Criminal Intelligence Division, to the House Judicial Committee, 13 December 2000. US Congress, Transcripts of the House Armed Services Committee, 5 October 1999, Macedonian Information Centre Newsletter, Skopje, 21 March 2000, published by BBC Summary of World Broadcast, 24 March 2000. BBC, 29 January 2001, at http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english/world/europe/newsid_1142000/1142478.stm) Scotland on Sunday, Glasgow, 15 June 2001 at http://www.scotlandonsunday.com/text_only.cfm?id=SS01025960, see also UPI, 9 July 2001. For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, Washington behind Terrorist Assaults in Macedonia, Centre for Research on Globalisation, August 2001, at http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO108B.html.) Macedonian Information Agency (MIA), 26 September 2001, available at the Centre for Research on Globalisation at http://globalresearch.ca/articles/MNA110A.html Quoted in The Daily Telegraph, London, 1 October 2001. Statement by official following the speech by President George Bush on 14 September 2001 quoted in the International Herald Tribune, Paris, 14 September 2001. The URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO110A.html Copyright, Michel Chossudovsky, Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG), October 2001. All rights reserved. Permission is granted to post this text on non-commercial community internet sites, provided the source and the URL are indicated, the essay remains intact and the copyright note is displayed. To publish this text in printed and/or other forms, including commercial Internet sites and excerpts, contact the Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG) at editor@globalresearch.ca, fax 1-514-4256224. **************************************************************************************************************************

Ummat Interviews Usamah Bin-Ladin 28 September 2001 Bin-Ladin Denies Involvement in the 9/11 Attacks Source: Khilafah.com, 10 Oct 2001 The Al-Qaidah group had nothing to do with the 11 September attacks on the USA, according to Usama bin Ladin in an interview with the Pakistani newspaper Ummat. Usama bin Ladin went on to suggest that Jews or US secret services were behind the attacks, and to express gratitude and support for Pakistan, urging Pakistan’s people to jihad against the West. The following is the text of an interview conducted by a "special correspondent", published in the Pakistani newspaper Ummat on 28 September, place and date of interview not given. UMMAT: You have been accused of involvement in the attacks in New York and Washington. What do you want to say about this? If you are not involved, who might be? USAMA BIN LADEN: In the name of Allah (God), the most beneficent, the most merciful. Praise be to Allah, Who is the creator of the whole universe and Who made the Earth as an abode for peace, for the whole humankind. Allah is the Sustainer, who sent Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) for our guidance. I am thankful to the Ummat Group of Publications, which gave me the opportunity to convey my viewpoint to the people, particularly the valiant and momin (true Muslim) people of Pakistan who refused to believe the lies of the demon (Pakistani military dictator General Pervez Musharraf). I have already said that I am not involved in the 11 September attacks in the United States. As a Muslim, I try my best to avoid telling a lie. I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children and other humans as an appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children and other people. Such a practice is forbidden even in the course of a battle. It is the United States, which is perpetrating every maltreatment on women, children and common people of other faiths, particularly the followers of Islam. All that is going on in Palestine for the last 11 months is sufficient to call the wrath of God upon the United States and Israel. There is also a warning for those Muslim countries, which witnessed all these as a silent spectator. What had earlier been done to the innocent people of Iraq, Chechnya and Bosnia? Only one conclusion could be derived from the indifference of the United States and the West to these acts of terror and the patronage of the tyrants by these powers that America is an anti-Islamic power and it is patronizing the anti-Islamic forces. Its friendship with the Muslim countries is just a show, rather deceit. By enticing or intimidating these countries, the United States is forcing them to play a role of its choice. Put a glance all around and you will see that the slaves of the United States are either rulers or enemies of Muslims. The U.S. has no friends, nor does it want to keep any because the prerequisite of friendship is to come to the level of the friend or consider him at par with you. America does not want to see anyone equal to it. It expects slavery from others. Therefore, other countries are either its slaves or subordinates. However, our case is different. We have pledged slavery to God Almighty alone and after this pledge there is no possibility to become the slave of someone else. If we do that it will be disregardful to both our Sustainer and his fellow beings. Most of the world nations upholding their freedom are the religious ones, which are the enemies of the United States, or the U.S. itself considers them as its enemies. The countries which do not agree to become the U.S. slaves are China, Iran, Libya, Cuba, Syria [Afghanistan, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Iraq, Sudan, Indonesia, Malaysia] and Russia. Whoever committed the act of 11 September are not the friends of the American people. I have already said that we are against the American system, not against its people, whereas in these attacks, the common American people have been killed. According to my information, the death toll is much higher than what the U.S. Government has stated. But the Bush Administration does not want the panic to spread. The United States should try to trace the perpetrators of these attacks within itself; the people who are a part of the U.S. system, but are dissenting against it. Or those who are working for some other system; persons who want to make the present century as a century of conflict between Islam and Christianity so that their own civilization, nation, country, or ideology could survive. They can be anyone, from Russia to Israel and from India to Serbia. In the U.S. itself, there are dozens of well-organized and well-equipped groups, which are capable of causing a large-scale destruction. Then you cannot forget the American-Jews, who are annoyed with President Bush ever since the elections in Florida and want to avenge him. Then there are intelligence agencies in the U.S., which require billions of dollars worth of funds from the Congress and the government every year. This [funding issue] was not a big problem till the existence of the former Soviet Union but after that the budget of these agencies has been in danger. They needed an enemy. So, they first started propaganda against Usama and Taleban and then this incident happened. You see, the Bush Administration approved a budget of 40 billion dollars. Where will this huge amount go? It will be provided to the same agencies, which need huge funds and want to exert their importance. Now they will spend the money for their expansion and for increasing their importance. I will give you an example. Drug smugglers from all over the world are in contact with the U.S. secret agencies. These agencies do not want to eradicate narcotics cultivation and trafficking because their importance will be diminished. The people in the U.S. Drug Enforcement Department are encouraging drug trade so that they could show performance and get millions of dollars worth of budget. General Noriega was made a drug baron by the CIA and, in need, he was made a scapegoat. In the same way, whether it is President Bush or any other U.S. President, they cannot bring Israel to justice for its human rights abuses or to hold it accountable for such crimes. What is this? Is it not that there exists a government within the government in the United Sates? That secret government must be asked as to who carried out the attacks. UMMAT: A number of world countries have joined the call of the United States for launching attacks on Afghanistan. These also include a number of Muslim countries. Will Al-Qa’idah declare a jihad against these Islamic countries as well? USAMA BIN LADEN: I must say that my duty is just to awaken the Muslims; to tell them as to what is good for them and what is not. What does Islam say and what do the enemies of Islam want. Al-Qa’idah was set up to wage a jihad against infidelity, particularly to counter the onslaught of the infidel countries against the Islamic states. Jihad is the sixth undeclared pillar of Islam. [The first five being the basic holy words of Islam ("There is no god but God and Muhammad is the messenger of God"), prayers, fasting (in Ramadan), pilgrimage to Mecca and giving alms (zakat).] Every anti-Islamic person is afraid of jihad. Al-Qa’idah wants to keep jihad alive and active and make it a part of the daily life of the Muslims. It wants to give it the status of worship. We are not against any Islamic country. We do not consider a war against an Islamic country as jihad. We are in favour of armed jihad only against those infidel governments, which are killing innocent Muslim men, women and children just because they are Muslims. Supporting the U.S. act is the need of some Muslim countries and the compulsion of others. However, they should think as to what will remain of their religious and moral position if they support the attack of the Christians and the Jews on a Muslim country like Afghanistan. The orders of Islamic Shariah [jurisprudence] for such individuals, organizations and countries are clear and all the scholars of the Muslim brotherhood are unanimous on them. We will do the same, which is being ordered by the Ameer-ul-Momeneen [the commander of the faithful] Muhammad Omar [leader of the Taleban] and the Islamic scholars. The hearts of the people of Muslim countries are beating with the call of jihad. We are grateful to them. UMMAT: The losses caused in the attacks in New York and Washington have proved that giving an economic blow to the U.S. is not too difficult. U.S. experts admit that a few more such attacks can bring down the American economy. Why is Al-Qa’idah not targeting their economic pillars? USAMA BIN LADEN: I have already said that we are not hostile to the United States. We are against the [U.S. Government] system, which makes other nations slaves of the United States, or forces them to mortgage their political and economic freedom. This system is totally in the control of the American Jews, whose first priority is Israel, not the United States. It is clear that the American people are themselves the slaves of the Jews and are forced to live according to the principles and laws laid down by them. So the punishment should reach Israel. In fact, it is Israel, which is giving a blood bath to innocent Muslims and the U.S. is not uttering a single word. UMMAT: Why is harm not caused to the enemies of Islam through other means, apart from the armed struggle? For instance, urging the Muslims to boycott Western products, banks, shipping lines and TV channels. USAMA BIN LADEN: The first thing is that Western products could only be boycotted when the Muslim fraternity is fully awakened and organized. Secondly, the Muslim companies should become self-sufficient in producing goods equal to the products of Western companies. Economic boycott of the West is not possible unless economic self-sufficiency is attained and substitute products are brought out. You see that wealth is scattered all across the Muslim World but not a single TV channel has been acquired which can preach Islamic injunctions according to modern requirements and attain an international influence. Muslim traders and philanthropists should make it a point that if the weapon of public opinion is to be used, it is to be kept in the hand. Today’s world is of public opinion and the fates of nations are determined through its pressure. Once the tools for building public opinion are obtained, everything that you asked for can be done. UMMAT: The entire propaganda about your struggle has so far been made by the Western media. But no information is being received from your sources about the network of Al-Qa’idah and its jihadi successes. Would you comment? USAMA BIN LADEN: In fact, the Western media is left with nothing else. It has no other theme to survive for a long time. Then we have many other things to do. The struggle for jihad and the successes are for the sake of Allah and not to annoy His bondsmen. Our silence is our real propaganda. Rejections, explanations, or corrigendum only waste your time and through them, the enemy wants you to engage in things which are not of use to you. These things are pulling you away from your cause. The Western media is unleashing such a baseless propaganda, which makes us surprise but it reflects on what is in their hearts and gradually they themselves become captive of this propaganda. They become afraid of it and begin to cause harm to themselves. Terror is the most dreaded weapon in modern age and the Western media is mercilessly using it against its own people. It can add fear and helplessness in the psyche of the people of Europe and the United States. It means that what the enemies of the United States cannot do, its media is doing that. You can understand as to what will be the performance of the nation in a war, which suffers from fear and helplessness. UMMAT: What will be the impact of the freeze of Al-Qa’idah accounts by the U.S.? USAMA BIN LADEN: God opens up ways for those who work for Him. Freezing of accounts will not make any difference for Al-Qa’idah or other jihad groups. With the grace of Allah, Al-Qa’idah has more than three alternative financial systems, which are all separate and totally independent from each other. This system is operating under the patronage of those who love jihad. What to say of the United States, even the combined world cannot budge these people from their path. These people are not in hundreds but in thousands and millions. Al-Qa’idah comprises of such modern educated youths who are aware of the cracks inside the Western financial system as they are aware of the lines in their hands. These are the very flaws of the Western fiscal system, which are becoming a noose for it and this system could not recuperate in spite of the passage of so many days. UMMAT: Are there other safe areas other than Afghanistan, where you can continue jihad? USAMA BIN LADEN: There are areas in all parts of the world where strong jihadi forces are present, from Indonesia to Algeria, from Kabul to Chechnya, from Bosnia to Sudan, and from Burma to Kashmir. Then it is not the problem of my person. I am a helpless fellowman of God, constantly in the fear of my accountability before God. It is not the question of Usama but of Islam and, in Islam too, of jihad. Thanks to God, those waging a jihad can walk today with their heads raised. Jihad was still present when there was no Usama and it will remain as such even when Usama is no longer there. Allah opens up ways and creates loves in the hearts of people for those who walk on the path of Allah with their lives, property and children. Believe it, through jihad, a man gets everything he desires. And the biggest desire of a Muslim is the life after death. Martyrdom is the shortest way of attaining an eternal life. UMMAT: What do you say about the Pakistan Government policy on Afghanistan attack? USAMA BIN LADEN: We are thankful to the Momin and valiant people of Pakistan who erected a blockade in front of the evil forces and stood in the first file of battle. Pakistan is a great hope for the Islamic brotherhood. Its people are awakened, organized and rich in the spirit of faith. They backed Afghanistan in its war against the Soviet Union and extended every help to the mojahedeen (freedom fighters) and the Afghan people. Then these are very Pakistanis who are standing shoulder by shoulder with the Taleban. If such people emerge in just two countries, the domination of the West will diminish in a matter of days. Our hearts beat with Pakistan and, God forbid, if a difficult time comes we will protect it with our blood. Pakistan is sacred for us like a place of worship. We are the people of jihad and fighting for the defense of Pakistan is the best of all jihads to us. It does not matter for us as to who reforms Pakistan. The important thing is that the spirit of jihad is alive and stronger in the hearts of the Pakistani people. Source: Ummat, Urdu-language daily newspaper based in Karachi, Pakistan – Friday, 28 September 2001 – pages 1, 7. Source: BBC Monitoring Service. Source: http://www.khilafah.com/

Edit Delete this Page

Comment

Bold Italic Underline Strikethrough Add Hyperlink Add an Image Upload a File

Follow– Email me when people comment

ZoSo Comment by ZoSo on February 12, 2010 at 6:12pm
Delete Comment
ZoSo Comment by ZoSo on January 5, 2010 at 11:28am
Delete Comment More Israeli Mossad Connections to 9/11
Mordechai Sones
Nachaliel, Israel
Prisonplanet.com
Tuesday, January 5th, 2010
Having viewed Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy Theory documentary episode dealing with the Sept. 11 attacks, I would like to call your attention to a detail that the research team may have overlooked, namely the proprietorship of Hangar 17, where the only known 9/11 evidence still in existence is locked away from public scrutiny.
When viewed from a certain angle, Hangar 17 in JFK airport has a prominent, unfaded billboard that says “ Tower Air ”. Tower Airlines was an * Israeli * airline that went bankrupt in 2000 . None other than Hangar 17 housed Tower Air’s then brand-new corporate headquarters.
Why does 9/11 evidentiary material that would provide clues such as the absence or presence of Super Thermite or other explosive material in the dust from the blasts sit for “safekeeping” in the former Executive Headquarters of a ten-year-defunct Israeli front organization that contracted heavily for the U.S. Defense Department and still has an unfaded sign hanging on the building?
Mike Ruppert reported that the Israeli container and freight-shipping corporation Zim , who occupied several floors in the Twin Towers and is widely known to do extensive operational support work for the Mossad, vacated all their offices days before the attacks – and they vacated in violation of their lease.
As excellent as Jesse Ventura’s exposé is, Wikipedia openly identifies Tower as an American airline, controlled, however, by Israelis – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_Air . ): “Major artifacts from the World Trade Center are housed for safekeeping in the former Tower Air Hangar 17 at John F. Kennedy International Airport.”
As a matter of fact, while posing as a dinky, small-time Israeli airline that played second-fiddle to El-Al by catering mainly to Israel-New York Orthodox Jewish air traffic (dubbed affectionately by their clientèle ” ChassidicAir ” – Tower even printed and distributed booklets on the arcane Halachic aspects of how to face Jerusalem during the uninterruptible Standing Prayer on New York-bound flights should the “Fasten Seat Belts” sign start flashing during turbulence), Tower Air won several exclusive major contracts from the United States Department of Defense to transport U.S. armed forces personnel to overseas locations. Tower was the second largest troop carrier during the first Persian Gulf War, flying U.S. troops and cargo in 300 sorties.
In 1993, Tower kept busy flying U.S. military personnel and cargo to support operations in Somalia. It was the first airline to fly troops into Mogadishu and also transported refugees for the United Nations during the conflict. The pattern in my mind that caused the Tower Air sign in Conspiracy Theory to jump out at me like a red flag upon seeing it was established in the late ’80’s and early ’90’s, when, in my capacity as the Diplomatic Project Director for the Federation for American Afghan Action, I identified one of the many facets of Israeli involvement in the Iran-Contra Affair, and exposed a U.S./Israeli front organization that was operationally similar to Tower Air in many respects. It was (and is, as far as I’m aware) called the Intergraph Corporation , which served as the diversion pipeline mechanism to Iran for SuperHawk spare parts from allied military installations in Western Europe through Israel to Iran, rendering entire U.S.and NATO ground-to-air missile defense umbrellas inoperative and vulnerable. I personally saw Intergraph shipments in Ben Gurion Airport’s Mamman Hangar building while investigating the matter in collaboration with a former Westinghouse employee who was fired and subsequently victimized in a campaign to destroy his livelihood and several murder attempts, similar to the campaigns that have been and are currently being waged against me.
Eleven years ago, during Netanyahu’s first tenure as Israel’s Prime Minister, my Report on the Acquiescence